Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / Hansard Global Plc

Hansard Global Plc

hsd · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker hsd
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Hansard Global Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
a n n u a l
r e p o r t   a n d 
a c c o u n t s

2 0 2 3

Hansard is a specialist long-term savings provider that has
been providing innovative financial solutions for international
clients since 1987. We focus on helping financial advisors and institutions to 
provide their clients (individual and corporate 
investors) with saving and investment products in secure life 
assurance wrappers to meet long-term savings and 
investment objectives.

We administer assets in excess of £1 billion for just under
40,000 client accounts located in up to 155 countries.

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Chairman’s Statement
The Chairman reviews our performance, and the relevant issues 
affecting our business and how we operate.

Chairman’s Statement 

Strategic Report
A narrative review of the Group’s performance that includes an 
overview from the Chief Executive and details of our business. 
You can also find out about our approach to risk management.

Governance Information
In this section you can find out more on our Directors’ 
background and experience, their specific responsibilities in 
relation to the Annual Report and Accounts, the key parts of our 
governance framework and how it was implemented during the 
year as well as reports from the various Board committees.

Financial Information
The Group’s IFRS financial statements which include detailed 
analysis of the Group’s performance, assets and liabilities. You 
will also find the Company financial statements in this section.

Group Chief Executive Officer’s Overview 

Our Business Model and Strategy 

Key Performance Indicators 

Business and Financial Review  

Risk Management and Internal Control  

Board of Directors 

Directors’ Report 

Directors’ Responsibilities 

Corporate Governance Report  

Hansard Global plc Climate-Related
Financial Disclosures Report 2023  

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee  

Report of the Nominations Committee 

Report of the Remuneration Committee  

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  

Consolidated Balance Sheet  

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity  

Parent Company Balance Sheet  

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement  

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements  

Shareholder Information
Further information for shareholders such as our financial 
calendar and how to get in touch.

Other Information  

Glossary  

Financial Calendar  

Contacts and Advisors  

2

4

8

11

12

20

30

32

37

38

46

62

64

66

73

80

81

82

83

84

107

108

109

110

115

117

119

120

1

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Chairman’s Statement
Philip Kay

I am pleased to present the Group’s annual report for the financial year ended 30 June 2023. During the year we 
strengthened our board composition with the addition of Christine Theodorovics and Thomas Morfett, who both 
bring highly relevant skills and experience. In turn, following his departure, I would like to thank Tim Davies for 
his contribution and commitment to the Group.

Hansard, like many other businesses, has continued to experience a challenging 
external environment as we navigate our way through ongoing challenges 
in the global economy, including the effects of the Russia/Ukraine 
conflict. While new business was lower than the prior year 
comparative, the business has remained resilient, with our 
systems and client services functions fully operational at 
all times.

The Board and I remain confident in the future 
opportunities for the business. We are operationally 
ready to launch our innovative new product in 
Japan and continue to make progress with 
distribution opportunities.  

We have also made significant progress with 
the project to replace our policy administration 
systems. This will provide an advanced, 
modern platform that will benefit our 
policyholders, distribution partners and 
Group performance through enhanced 
operational efficiency, increased scalability, 
and cost savings.

2

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023The Group remains well capitalised to meet the 
requirements of regulators, contract holders, 
intermediaries and other stakeholders.

The dividend is subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting. 
If approved, this will represent total dividends for the financial year 
of 4.45p per share (2022: 4.45p).  Upon approval, the final dividend 
will be paid on 16 November 2023. The ex-dividend date will be 5 
October 2023 and the record date will be 6 October 2023.

Philip Kay
Chairman
27 September 2023

Financial Performance

Our IFRS profit before tax for the year was £5.9m compared to 
£3.8m in 2022.   

Fees and commissions were down £3.1m to £45.7m for the year 
(2022: £48.8m), reflecting lower transactional income within Hansard 
International and the continuing run-off of Hansard Europe.

Returns on group investments improved to £3.5m for the year 
(2022: £0.1m) as a result of increasing interest rates as a counter to 
inflationary pressures, with the Group managing its cash position to 
take advantage of improving yields wherever possible. 

Administrative and other expenses were £29.0m for the year, 
compared to £29.8m in 2022. The 2022 result incorporated a £1.0m 
provision for fees and other balances that were deemed likely to be 
irrecoverable from a set of legacy funds in the process of liquidation. 
The Group maintained tight control over general overheads and 
expenses.   

Further detail and analysis are contained in the Business and 
Financial Review on pages 12 to 19.

New Business

New business for the 2023 financial year was £85.7m (using the 
PVNBP metric), down 28.9% from £120.5m in 2022. New business 
levels were impacted by economic uncertainty, geopolitical 
developments, and a general hesitancy by clients to commit to long-
term savings products, particularly those with contractual regular 
premiums.  

Initiatives are underway to improve new business levels and are 
further outlined in the Business and Financial Review.

Capitalisation and Solvency

The Group remains well capitalised to meet the requirements of 
regulators, contract holders, intermediaries and other stakeholders.

On a risk-based capital basis, total Group Free Assets in excess 
of the Solvency Capital Requirements of the Group were £44.6m 
(2022: £50.7m), a coverage of 156% (2022: 165%). We have 
maintained our prudent investment policy for shareholder assets, 
which minimises market risk and has provided a stable and resilient 
solvency position over many years and economic cycles.

Dividends

The Board has resolved to pay a final dividend of 2.65p per share 
(2022: 2.65p). In making this decision, the Board has carefully 
considered its current and future cash flows, the risks and potential 
impact of the global economic situation, the outlook for future 
growth and profitability and the views of key stakeholders, including 
shareholders and regulators.  

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
S
N
A
M
R
A
H
C

’

I

3

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
Group Chief Executive Officer’s Overview
Graham Sheward

Despite a challenging economic environment adversely influencing new business sentiment in our savings and 
investment target markets, I’m pleased to present this strong set of key financial results as testament to the 
resilience of the Hansard Group over many years. Organisational improvements and key person hires – including 
Thomas Morfett as our new CFO and John Whitehouse promoted to a newly created COO role – have enabled 
us to tighten focus on cost control and maximise returns on Group cash whilst building our refreshed product 
pipeline to improve new business revenue.

Focus over the past financial year has been on creating and leveraging capacity in our Commercial team, to 
explore alternative distribution channels for our Japan proposition, and to refresh our existing product portfolio 
to reflect changing investor trends. A pipeline of improved products will begin to be offered from the end of this 
calendar year, to address declining sales volumes in our traditional markets.

In addition, we’ve continued to make positive progress with our major technology project to replace our policy 
administration and associated systems, which will yield tangible cost savings and efficiency gains in the near 
future.

Despite macro-economic double-digit inflationary pressure, tight cost control has reduced the impact to less 
than 1% of our prior year cost base, reflecting an increase of £0.2m excluding litigation costs and provision for 
bad debts which remain closely managed. These actions have enabled us to pay a consistent dividend yield 
to shareholders with minimal impact on reserves, whilst building opportunities to 
improve top-line growth now and for the future.

The range of activities within the Group referred to above has 
required colleagues across the business to manage multiple 
priorities at pace, and I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank my executive team and all Hansard Group colleagues 
for their commitment and hard work. In addition, Hansard 
colleagues were delighted to be recognised for their 
commitment to servicing the needs of advisors and 
their clients, picking up awards for Excellence in Client 
Service and Excellence in Fintech at the October 2022 
International Investment awards.

Our Culture Change Programme has entered its third 
year and we were pleased to measure our progress 
via a recent Colleague Engagement Survey which 
evidenced 70% of “engaged colleagues”, up from 
40% in early 2021. We will continue to strive to 
ensure that Hansard is a company that colleagues 
are proud to work in.

This has been an important year of making 
significant progress across all our major strategic 
priorities, and I fully appreciate that we must now 
deliver on these well-developed plans to ensure 
Hansard remains a relevant, innovative, and 
sustainable business for all stakeholders.

4

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Results for the Year Under Review

We believe that the following areas are fundamental for the 
continued success of the Group:

l 

l 

l 

 Proposition enhancement, product improvement and 
diversification of our distribution channels to enable generation of 
significant flows of new business from identified target markets.

 Completing our technology change project to deliver meaningful 
cost savings in the near and medium term.

 Proactively managing our cash flows through the cycle to fund 
the appropriate balance of investment in new business and 
dividends.

l  Managing and mitigating our exposure to business risks; and

l 

 Positioning ourselves to incorporate increasing levels of 
regulation into our business model.

I draw your attention to the following items below. Additional 
information is contained in the Business and Financial Review on 
pages 12 to 19.

1.  New Business Distribution

New business for the 2023 financial year was £85.7m (using the 
PVNBP metric), down 28.9% from £120.5m in FY 2022. New 
business levels were impacted by economic uncertainty, geopolitical 
developments, and a general hesitancy by clients to commit to long-
term savings products, both regular and single premium.  Activities 
in train to progress new business levels are further outlined in the 
Business and Financial Review.

2.  Operational, Business and Financial Risks

Our business model involves the acceptance of a number of risks 
on a managed and controlled basis. The Group’s Enterprise Risk 
Management (“ERM”) Framework continues to provide for the 
identification, assessment, management, control and reporting of 
current and emerging risks, recognising that systems of internal 
control can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. The Group’s internal control 
and risk management processes have operated satisfactorily 
throughout the year under review, with the benefit of iterative 
enhancements as we continue to embed our approach and benefit 
from the relative maturity of the ERM Framework.  

2.1  Litigation Risk

As explained more fully in the Business and Financial Review, on 
pages 12 to 19, we continue to manage complaints and litigation 
arising from our closed book, Hansard Europe, where the assets 
linked to contracts written before 2014 have fallen in value or 

become illiquid. Hansard does not and did not give investment 
advice and were not therefore party to the selection of policy assets, 
and maintain that such claims have no merit against Hansard.

As at 30 June 2023, the Group had been served with cumulative 
writs with a net exposure totalling €26.1m, or £22.4m in sterling 
terms (30 June 2022: €24.6m / £21.2m) arising from contract holder 
complaints and other asset performance-related issues. 

In this financial year we successfully defended 15 cases with net 
exposures of approximately £1.9m, 14 of which may be appealed by 
the plaintiffs. These successes continue to affirm the Group’s legal 
stance.

3.   Hansard OnLine

Our award-winning IT systems and online customer platform are 
key aspects of our proposition.  Hansard OnLine is a powerful 
sales and business administration tool that is used by independent 
financial advisors (“IFAs”) and clients the world over. It is an integral 
part of the Group’s operating model and allows us to better service 
IFAs and clients, embed process efficiencies and be flexible in 
operational deployment. 

Hansard OnLine provides IFAs and clients with a reliable online self-
service model which they can access 24/7 from anywhere around 
the world with an internet connection. It provides an important 
foundation to our strategic goal of the delivery of excellent customer 
service.

As noted in previous reports, we have embarked on a project 
to replace our core administration systems and ensure our 
infrastructure is future-proofed for our next generation of products 
and strategic developments.

Additional information concerning Hansard OnLine is set out in the 
Business and Financial Review on pages 12 to 19.

4. Operating Cash Flows and Dividends

The Group generates operating cash flows to fund investment 
in operating systems, new business origination and to support 
dividend payments. 

As outlined in the Cash Flow analysis section of the Business 
and Financial Review, the Group generated £1.6m in overall net 
cash outflows before dividends (2022: inflows of £5.3m), after 
commission and other new business acquisition costs of £8.5m 
(2022: £11.5m) and the investment of £6.6m (2022: £4.5m) in IT 
software and equipment expenditure.  Dividends of £5.9m were paid 
in the financial year (2022: £6.1m).

A final dividend of 2.65p per share has been proposed by the 
Board and will be considered at the Annual General Meeting on 8 
November 2023.  If approved, this will represent total dividends for 
the financial year of 4.45p per share (2022: 4.45p).

5

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTGroup Chief Executive Officer’s Overview continued
Graham Sheward

Financial Performance

Results for the Year

Financial performance is summarised as follows. A detailed review 
of performance is set out in the Business and Financial Review that 
follows this report.

New business sales – PVNBP 

IFRS profit before tax 

Underlying IFRS profit 

2023 

2022

£m 

£m

85.7 

120.5

5.9 

7.4 

3.8

5.9

Assets under Administration 

1,101.5 

1,092.3

Value of In-Force (regulatory basis) 

122.9 

128.5

IFRS Results

IFRS profit before tax for the year was £5.9m, up from £3.8m in 
2022.  After eliminating litigation and non-recurring items, as shown 
on page 13, the underlying IFRS profit (a non-GAAP metric) was 
£7.4m, up from £5.9m in 2022.

Fees and commissions were £45.7m for the year (2022: £48.8m). 
Fees from Hansard International and Hansard Worldwide were down 
£2.7m to £43.6m from 2022, reflecting lower transactional based 
income and lower new business generally. Income from our closed 
book, Hansard Europe, has continued to fall as expected, and was 
£0.5m down on the prior year. 

Returns on group investments increased to £3.5m (2022: £0.1m) as 
central banks sought to counter inflation with higher interest rates, 
leading to higher yields on the Group’s bank deposits.

Administrative and other expenses were £29.0m for the year, 
compared to £29.8m in 2022.  The 2022 result incorporated a £1.0m 
provision for fees and other balances that were deemed likely to be 
irrecoverable from a set of legacy funds in the process of liquidation. 
The Group maintained tight control over general overheads and 
expenses.   

Origination costs to acquire new business of £16.2m is in line 
with the 2022 result. Origination costs in respect of new business 
decreased to £11.5m (2022: £13.6m). The amortisation of deferred 
origination costs increased to £4.7m (2022: £2.6m). 

Further details and analysis are contained in the Business and 
Financial Review on pages 12 to 19.

requirements of regulators, contract holders, intermediaries and 
shareholders. The Group continues to be well capitalised. 

Under risk-based capital methodologies, total Group Free Assets 
in excess of the Solvency Capital Requirements of the Group 
were £44.6m (2022: £50.7m), a coverage of 156% (2022: 165%).  
Shareholder assets are typically held in a wide range of deposit 
institutions, investment grade corporate bonds, and highly rated 
money market liquidity funds. This prudent investment policy for 
shareholder assets minimises market risk and has provided a stable 
and resilient solvency position over recent years.

Global Economic Situation

The financial year began with a slow return to pre-pandemic 
business practice, and we were able to start reconnecting face-to-
face with our broker community, particularly in our core markets in 
the Middle East and Latin America. Following the escalation of the 
Russia-Ukraine conflict in February 2022, the challenges to the rest 
of the world are becoming clearer as energy and food prices spiked 
leading to higher inflation.

The direct impacts to our business as a result are now expected 
to be three-fold.  Firstly, it has exacerbated hesitancy amongst our 
target clients in investing in long term savings plans and this has 
impacted our 2023 new business results.  Secondly, we can expect 
cost pressures within our business in our 2024 financial year as 
energy costs increase, suppliers and professional advisors increase 
their charges and inflationary pressure is felt across our workforce. 
And lastly, stock market and foreign exchange volatility will continue 
to have a direct impact on income. 

We will seek to manage these challenges. We aim to build on our 
existing markets by opening new channels and developing new 
product opportunities and we will continue to target cost savings to 
help mitigate inflationary pressures elsewhere.  

Our People

Our people are critical to our success and I would like to recognise 
and reiterate my thanks to each of my colleagues for their continued 
commitment, flexibility, and resilience in managing both our on-
going day-to-day operations and our key strategic projects.  

I have been delighted by the level of engagement seen within our 
programme of cultural change referenced earlier and look forward 
to continuing in our goals of fostering an engaged and innovative 
workforce to meet our ambitions, and the expectations of our 
stakeholders.

Capitalisation and Solvency

Our key financial objective is to ensure that the Group’s solvency is 
managed safely through the economic cycle to meet the 

Graham Sheward
Group Chief Executive Officer
27 September 2023

6

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTOur Business Model and Strategy

Our Business Model and Strategy
Hansard is a specialist long-term savings provider that 
has been providing innovative financial solutions for 
international clients since 1987. We focus on helping 
our customers with savings and investment products in 
secure life assurance wrappers to meet their long-term 
savings and investment objectives.

We administer assets in excess of £1 billion for just 
under 40,000 client accounts around the world.

Business Model

The Company’s head office is in Douglas, Isle of Man, and its 
principal subsidiaries operate from the Isle of Man, The Bahamas 
and the Republic of Ireland.  

Hansard International is authorised by the Isle of Man Financial 
Services Authority and has a branch in Malaysia, authorised by the 
Labuan Financial Services Authority, to support business flows from 
Asian growth economies. The Company also has a branch in Japan 
to support its Japanese proposition, which is authorised by the 
Japanese Financial Services Agency. Through its relationship with 
a local insurer in the UAE, Hansard International reinsures business 
written in the UAE.

Our talented people are the foundation of our business. We have 
created an empowering culture, which values innovation, quality, 
integrity, and respect.

Our strategy to improve, grow and future-proof our business will be 
delivered through three key areas of strategic focus:

i. 

Improve our business:  We will improve customer outcomes 
through the introduction of new disclosures, the provision 
of new products and services, focusing on the quality of our 
IFAs with whom we work with and continuing to drive up the 
engagement of our people within our business.

ii.  Grow our business:  In recent years we established a new 
life company in The Bahamas and entered into a strategic 
alliance with Union Insurance in the UAE. We have acquired 
the necessary licence and approvals to access the Japanese 
market. We will continue to seek out opportunities for locally 
licenced business in other targeted jurisdictions over the 
coming years.

iii.  Future-proof our business: We actively consider new and 

innovative technologies, propositions, and business models.  
It remains critical to support the online and digital needs of 
our clients alongside improving organisational efficiency and 
scalability.

Hansard Worldwide underwrites international and expatriate 
business around the world. It is authorised by the Insurance 
Commission of The Bahamas.

Strategy Development

Our current strategy has three main aims:

Hansard Europe is authorised by the Central Bank of Ireland. 
Hansard Europe ceased accepting new business with effect from 30 
June 2013.

i.  To capitalise on near term strategic opportunities; 

ii.  To ensure the Group is well positioned to respond and adapt 

to regulatory and development change; and 

Our products are designed to appeal to affluent international 
investors, institutions, and wealth-management groups. They are 
distributed exclusively through independent financial advisers (IFAs) 
and the retail operations of financial institutions. 

Our network of Regional Sales Managers provides local language-
based support services to independent financial advisors in key 
territories around the world, supported by our multi-language online 
platform, Hansard OnLine.

Vision and Strategy

Our vision for the Hansard Group is:

“to share success with our clients by providing simple, 
understandable and innovative financial solutions”.

To deliver this vision, client outcomes will be the central focus within 
our business and, consequently, we will seek to evolve all aspects 
of our products, processes, and distribution in order to constantly 
improve. 

iii.  To consider and plan for longer term industry and 

technological evolution.

During the past financial year, the primary focus has continued to be 
on delivering our two most significant near-term strategic initiatives:

l  bringing to market our locally-licensed investment products 

in Japan; and

l  upgrading and streamlining our systems and IT 

infrastructure. 

We have completed internally the development of our two new 
Japanese products and continue to make positive progress with 
distribution opportunities for them.   

Core functionality for our new IT platform has been delivered as at 30 
June 2023.

8

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023We administer assets in excess of £1 billion for 
just under 40,000 client accounts located around 
the world

Regulatory Change

Transformational change remains high on the agenda of the Isle 
of Man Financial Services Authority (the Authority) as it continues 
to maintain a robust regulatory environment and keep pace with 
international standards. The Island’s reputation as a well-regulated 
and internationally responsible jurisdiction remains of vital 
importance to its competitive positioning in the global marketplace 
and maintaining consumer confidence in the Island’s financial 
services sector. The Regulator’s strategic priorities are also closely 
aligned with the Isle of Man Government’s vision to build a secure, 
vibrant and sustainable Manx economy.

The Authority has continued its work to drive continuous 
improvement in the Isle of Man’s regulatory environment, targeting 
the protection of customers, the deterrence of financial crime and 
upholding confidence in the financial services sector. Supervisory 
emphasis remains focused on the delivery of outcomes that 
enhance the Island’s reputation as a well-regulated jurisdiction 
and a high level of compliance  with international standards.  
Major milestones have been enacted in recent years with the 
implementation of new risk-based capital, conduct and governance 
regimes. More recently the Regulator has completed the transition 
from a predominantly sector risk-based supervisory approach 
to a wider impact and risk-led model, which deploys regulatory 
resources in the most appropriate and efficient way. 

Throughout the reporting period the Hansard Group has continued 
its work to adapt to and embrace the intent and objectives of 
regulatory change and development, working transparently with all 
the Group’s Regulatory bodies to shape our responses and embed 
associated changes in strategy, policy, practice and culture. 

Products

The Group’s products are unit-linked regular or single premium life 
assurance and investment contracts which offer access to a wide 
range of investment assets. The contracts are flexible, secure and 
allow life assurance cover or other features depending upon the 
needs of the client. The contract benefits are directly linked to the 
value of assets that are selected by, or on behalf of, the client. The 
Group does not offer investment advice. Contract holders bear the 
investment risk. 

The Group’s products do not include any contracts with financial 
options and/or guarantees regarding investment performance and, 
hence, unlike the situation faced by some other life assurers, the 
Group carries no investment guarantee risk that can cause capital 
strain. 

As a result of high levels of service, the nature of the Group’s 
products, the functionality of Hansard OnLine, and the ability of the 
contract holder to reposition assets within a contract, we aim to 
retain the contract holder relationship over the long term.

Contract holder servicing and related activities are performed by 
Hansard Administration Services Limited, which is authorised by the 
Financial Services Authority of the Isle of Man Government to act as 
an Insurance Manager to insurance subsidiaries of the Group.

Revenues

The main sources of income for the Group are the fees earned from 
the administration of insurance contracts. These fees are largely 
fixed in nature and amount to £40.5m. Approximately 30% of the 
Group’s revenues, under IFRS, are based upon the value of assets 
under administration. 

From this income we meet the overheads of the business, invest 
in our business, remunerate our distribution network, and pay 
dividends. 

Managing Risk

Risk can arise from a combination of macro events and company-
specific matters.  On the macro side, the lingering effects of the 
Covid-19 pandemic, the Russia-Ukraine conflict and other geo-
political tensions can cause significant volatility to stock markets, 
foreign exchange markets, interest rates and expense inflation.  We 
therefore continue to maintain a robust, low risk balance sheet. 
We believe this prudent approach to be appropriate to meet the 
requirements of regulators, contract holders, intermediaries, and 
shareholders.

We are conscious that managing operational risk is critical to our 
business and we remain committed to iterative development and 
enhancement of our enterprise risk management system and 
controls.  Further details of our approach to risk management, 
and the principal risks facing the Group, are outlined in the Risk 
Management and Internal Control Section at pages 20 to 28.

Hansard Online

Hansard OnLine is a powerful and secure tool that is used by our 
IFAs around the world.  Available in multiple languages, it allows 
them to access information about their clients, to generate reports 
for their clients, to submit new business applications online, to 
place dealing and switch instructions online, to access all client 
correspondence and to access a library of forms and literature.

Almost all investment transactions are processed electronically by 
intermediaries, on behalf of their clients, using Hansard OnLine and 
over 90% of all new business applications are submitted via the 
platform. 

The straight-through processing of contract holder instructions 
(whether received directly or through their appointed agents) 
reduces the Group’s operational risk exposures, as does the ability 
of the Group to communicate electronically with contract holders 

9

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTOur Business Model and Strategy continued

and intermediaries, irrespective of geographical boundaries.  Data 
validation happens in real-time to ensure there are no delays to the 
investment of client funds.

and cost-effective means of communication with clients but also the 
convenience to manage their own contract within a timeframe which 
is more suitable. 

Continuous Improvements to our Online Proposition

When it comes to improving how we operate and the proposition we 
offer, we value the views of our clients and IFAs. This means that we 
regularly seek feedback through surveys and office visits in order to 
identify ways in which we can improve our systems and processes 
to best meet their needs.  However, it is not just functionality that is 
important, we also have a continuous programme to enhance the 
overall user experience, for both IFA’s and our clients.

Cyber Security

Hansard has continued to invest in its cyber security infrastructure 
with the implementation of a Security Operations Centre, operating 
at an ISO27001 (Information Technology Security Standard) 
standard, to provide further enhanced surveillance of our systems 
and external threats.

Excellent Customer Service

We strive to provide excellent customer service and turn-around 
times to our clients and our IFA community.  We have won several 
external awards in this area over the years, most recently in October 
2022 when we won ‘Excellence in Client Service - Industry’ from 
International Investor for the Asian region, Africa region and as 
overall global winner.  We also maintained our five-star rating for 
customer service by AKG Financial Analytics in their 2022 review.

Hansard Online Lite provides prospective IFAs with easy access to 
a subset of the online system. Its purpose is to showcase our online 
proposition to prospective and new IFAs and to allow easy access 
to non-sensitive documents and functionality. Users can access our 
online document library, the Unit Fund Centre, company news and 
submit new business online.

The benefit of Hansard OnLine is recognised by many IFAs as 
market leading and our online proposition has been nominated for 
and won several independent industry awards.  Most recently this 
included winning International Investment’s “Excellence in Fintech” 
award in October 2022, the third year in a row to win this prestigious 
award. 

Online Accounts

Whilst many of our IFAs are technologically sophisticated and have 
been utilising our online offering for years, we remain committed to 
supporting greater take up by our clients, enabling them to realise 
the benefits of our technology solutions, including ease of access 
and improved security. However, we are now observing a growing 
trend amongst our clients to take more control of their financial 
wellbeing by embracing mobile technology to better monitor and 
manage their finances.

To support our commitment to delivering ‘excellent customer 
service’, we believe it is vital to provide our clients with a modern 
and secure online platform that allows them to access their finances 
easily and comprehensively, 24/7. We provide this through our 
client-facing version of Hansard OnLine, called Online Accounts. 

Similar to our IFA-facing online platform, the client’s Online Account 
allows them to access all their policy information, valuation 
statements, transaction history, premium reports, switch funds 
online, access all correspondence, access a library of forms and 
literature, and more.

A large and increasing number of clients have signed up for 
this service which allows them to view all documentation and 
communications relating to their contracts via their Online Account, 
as well as choosing to receive post electronically, rather than in 
hard-copy form. This not only provides a more secure, more efficient 

10

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Key Performance Indicators

Key Performance Indicators

The Group’s senior management team monitors a wide range of Key Performance Indicators, both financial and non-financial, that are 
designed to ensure that performance against targets and expectations across significant areas of activity are monitored and variances 
explained. 

The following is a summary of the key indicators that were monitored during the financial year under review.

New Business – The Group’s internal indicator of calculating new business 
production, Compensation Credit (“CC”) reflects the amount of base commission 
payable to intermediaries. Incentive arrangements for intermediaries and the 
Group’s Regional Sales Managers incorporate targets based on CC (weighted where 
appropriate).  

New business levels are reported daily and monitored weekly against target levels.  
Compensation credit was down £2.6m compared to 2022 driven by client hesitancy 
to commit to long-term savings and other economic headwinds on sales activity.   

Administrative Expenses (excl. litigation and non-recurring items) – The 
Group maintains a rigorous focus on expense levels and the value gained from 
such expenditure. The objective is to develop processes to restrain increases in 
administrative expenses to the rates of inflation assumed in the charging structure of 
the Group’s policies. 

The Group’s administrative and other expenses for the year (excl. litigation and non-
recurring items) were £22.3m compared to £22.1m in the previous year. Further detail 
is contained in the section on Administrative and other expenses on page 15.

Cash – Bank balances and significant movements on balances are reported monthly. 
The Group’s cash and deposits at the balance sheet date were £65.4m (2022: 
£74.5m). Movements are reflective of cash earned from new and existing business, 
commissions and expenses paid, investments in new systems, the level of inflight 
transactions, and the dividends paid to shareholders.

Issued CC for the year ending 
30 June

Group Admin and other expenses
for year ended 30 June

Total cash balances at 30 June

m
£

m
£

m
£

Business Continuity – Maintenance of continual access to data is critical to the Group’s operations. This has been achieved throughout 
the year through a robust infrastructure. The Group is pro-active in its consideration of threats to data, data security and data integrity. 
Business continuity and penetration testing is carried out regularly by internal and external parties.  Business continuity is further evidenced 
by ongoing remote working as a normal business practice.

Risk Profile – The factors impacting on the Group’s risk profile are kept under continuous review. Senior management review actual and 
emerging risk issues at least monthly. The principal risks faced by the Group are summarised in the Principal Risks section below.

Solvency – The Solvency Capital Requirement (”SCR”) of the Group and its’ subsidiaries is monitored frequently and reported to the Board. 
The SCR as at 30 June 2023 is reported in Other Information.   

11

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTBusiness and Financial Review

New Business Performance for the 
Year Ended 30 June 2023
The Group continues to focus on the distribution of regular and 
single premium products in a range of jurisdictions around the world, 
achieving well diversified new business growth. 

New business performance for the year is summarised in the table 
below: 

2023 

2022 

%

Basis 

£m 

£m 

change

Present Value of  
New Business Premiums 

Annualised Premium Equivalent 

85.7 

12.7 

120.5 

(28.9%)

16.4 

(22.6%)

The recruitment of last year has helped establish new relationships 
and support ongoing relationships through this difficult time. 
Activities around new business generation remain high as we work 
with key advisors around both existing and new opportunities.

The Head of Sales has taken oversight of our global IFA-channel 
sales team and is tasked to deliver our key distribution and 
relationship initiatives, with particular focus around delivery of the 
new proposition developments into key markets and to maximise 
the opportunities that this will create. Alongside this the Head of 
New Business Development is tasked with developing business 
relationships with new distributors globally and further invigorating 
relationships with current distributors. Several new relationships 
have already started producing business and this work will 
continue in the forthcoming year to expand further our networks of 
distributors. 

In Present Value of New Business Premiums (“PVNBP”) terms, new 
business for the year to 30 June 2023 was £85.7m, 28.9% down 
compared to the prior year. 

The Annualised Premium Equivalent (“APE”) measure shows a 
decline of 22.6% from 2022 to £12.7m. 

Present Value of New Business Premiums (“PVNBP”)

New business flows on the PVNBP basis for the Group are further 
analysed as follows:

The sales team is well positioned to drive broker and product 
initiatives to increase new business in the 2024 financial year and 
beyond. This includes the development and launch of new products 
for key target markets, updates and improvements to existing 
products and launch of our new system that will serve as the 
foundation of product and service in the future.

Premium currencies remained relatively consistent year on year, with 
the predominant currency being US Dollars:

Currency denominations 
(as a percentage of PVNBP) 

US dollar 

Sterling 

Euro 

Other 

2023 
% 

87 

8 

4 

1 

2022
%

82

15

3

-

100 

100

PVNBP by product type 

Regular premium 

Single premium 

Total 

PVNBP by region 

Middle East and Africa 

Rest of World 

Latin America 

Far East 

Total 

2023 
£m 

55.7 

30.0 

85.7 

2023 
£m 

42.4 

25.7 

12.1 

5.5 

85.7 

2022 
£m 

%
change

76.9 

(27.6%)

43.6 

(31.2%)

120.5 

(28.9%)

2022 
£m 

%
change

44.3 

(4.3%)

33.9 

(24.2%)

28.2 

(57.0%)

14.1 

(61.0%)

120.5 

(28.9%)

New business for the financial year was impacted by economic 
uncertainty, geopolitical developments, and a general hesitancy by 
clients to commit to long-term savings products as the global cost 
of living crisis impacted the outlook for savings, particularly in the 
contractual regular premiums market. We saw a number of large 
single premium cases which gives a glimpse of potential opportunity 
as we roll out our new single premium proposition.

12

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Presentation of Financial Results

Our business is long term in nature. The nature of the Group’s 
products means that new business flows have a limited immediate 
impact on current earnings reported under International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the United Kingdom (“IFRS”), as 
initial fees and acquisition costs from the contracts sold are mostly 
deferred and amortised over the life of the contract. The benefit of 
sales to fee income levels are felt in future financial periods, noting 
also that our newer products have a longer earning period than our 
older products.

Results for the Year 
The following is a summary of key items to allow readers to better 
understand the results for the year. 

IFRS profit before tax for the year was £5.9m, up from £3.8m in 2022.  
The primary drivers behind the increase are higher investment returns 
as central bank rates have increased throughout the year, and lower 
administration expenses.

Operating profit prior to litigation and non-recurring items was £7.4m 
in 2023, up from £5.9m in 2022.

Abridged Consolidated Income 
Statement
The consolidated statement of comprehensive income presented 
under IFRS reflects the financial results of the Group’s activities 
during the year. This income statement however, as a result of 
its method of presentation, incorporates a number of features 
that might affect an understanding of the results of the Group’s 
underlying transactions. These relate principally to:

 ■ Investment gains attributable to contract holder assets were 

£40.2m (2022: loss of £103.6m). These assets are selected 
by the contract holder, or an authorised intermediary and 
the contract holder bears the investment risk. They are also 
reflected within ‘Change in provisions for investment contract 
liabilities’ and together have no net impact on IFRS profit.

 ■ Fund management fees are collected and paid onwards by the 
Group to third parties having a relationship with the underlying 
contract.  In 2023 these were £5.2m (2022: £5.6m). These are 
reflected on a gross basis in both income and expenses under 
the IFRS presentation on page 80. Deducting the £5.2m from 
£45.7m for fees and commissions and £29.0m for administrative 
and other expenses in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income results in the figures of £40.5m, £22.3m 
and £1.5m presented below.

An abridged non-GAAP consolidated income statement in relation to 
the Group’s own activities is presented below, adjusted for the items 
of income and expenditure indicated above.

Fees and commissions attributable  
to Group activities 

Investment and other income 

2023 
£m 

40.5 

5.4 

45.9 

2022
£m

43.2

1.0

44.2

Origination costs 

(16.2) 

(16.2)

Administrative and other expenses 
attributable to the Group, before  
litigation and non-recurring items 

Operating profit for the year before
litigation and non-recurring items 

Litigation and non-recurring expense 
items 

Profit for the year before taxation 

Taxation 

Profit for the year after taxation 

(22.3) 

(22.1)

7.4 

5.9

(1.5) 

5.9 

(0.2) 

5.7 

(2.1)

3.8

(0.2) 

3.6

Fees and Commissions

Fees and commissions for the year attributable to Group activities 
were £40.5m, 6.3% lower than the 2022 total of £43.2m.

Contract fee income totalled £28.1m for the year, down £2.0m on 
the 2022 comparative of £30.1m.  Contract fee income includes 
the amortised element of up-front income deferred under IFRS and 
contract-servicing charges.  Amortisation of deferred income in 
Hansard International was broadly similar to the prior year, whilst 
immediately recognised fees, including surrender charges from 
redemptions, decreased compared to the prior year.  This was 
reflective of lower levels of redemptions compared to the prior year.  
The continuing run-off of Hansard Europe which closed to new 
business in 2013 resulted in lower contract fee income of £2.0m 
(2022: £2.5m).

Fund management fees accruing to the Group and commissions 
receivable from third parties totalled £12.4m (2022: £13.1m). Such 
fees are related directly to the value of assets under administration 
and are affected by market movements, currency rates and 
valuation judgements.  

13

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business and Financial Review continued

A summary of fees and commissions is set out below:

Contract fee income 

Fund management fees accruing  
to the Group 

Commissions receivable 

2023 
£m 

28.1 

7.7 

4.7 

40.5 

2022
£m

30.1

8.3

4.8

43.2

Origination costs incurred in 2023 have decreased by £2.1m from 
the prior year. Origination costs were lower in line with lower new 
business levels but offset by increased amortisation of prior year 
balances. 

Origination costs – deferred to match  
future income streams 

Origination costs – expensed as incurred   

Included in contract fee income is £16.8m (2022: £16.6m) 
representing the amortisation of fees prepaid in previous years, as 
can be seen in the analysis set out below: 

Investment in new business in year 

Amortisation of deferred origination 
costs net of new deferrals 

Amortisation of deferred income 

Income earned during the year 

Contract fee income 

2023 
£m 

16.8 

11.3 

28.1 

2022
£m

16.6

13.5

30.1

Amounts totaling £13.5m (2022: £13.9m) have been expensed to 
match contract fee income earned this year from contracts issued in 
previous financial years, as can be seen in the analysis below.

Summarised origination costs for the year were:

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

8.8 

2.7 

11.5 

4.7 

16.2 

11.3

2.3

13.6

2.6 

16.2

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

13.5 

13.9

2.7 

16.2 

2.3

16.2

Investment and Other Income

Investment income has improved significantly as UK and US interest 
rates have increased from their historically low levels.

Amortisation of deferred  
origination costs 

Other origination costs incurred  
during the year 

Bank interest and other income 
receivable 

Foreign exchange profits / (losses) on 
revaluation of net operating assets 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

4.5 

1.3

0.9 

5.4 

(0.3)

1.0

Origination Costs

Under IFRS, new business commissions paid, together with the 
directly attributable incremental costs incurred on the issue of a 
contract, are deferred and amortised over the anticipated life of 
that contract to match the longer-term income streams expected 
to accrue from the contracts issued this year. Typical terms range 
between 6 years and 16 years, depending on the nature of the 
product. Other elements of the Group’s new business costs, for 
example, salaries of sales staff, are expensed as incurred.

14

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Administrative and Other Expenses

We continue to manage our expense base robustly to control 
administrative expenses while supporting our strategic 
developments and other new business growth activities with 
targeted expenditure.

An analysis of administrative and other expenses is set out in notes 
8 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements under IFRS. The 
following summarises some of the expenses attributable to the 
Group’s own activities, excluding the third-party fund management 
fees collected and paid onwards by the Group to third parties having 
a relationship with the underlying contract of £5.2m (2022: £5.6m).

Growth investment spend represents internal and external strategic 
costs to generate opportunities for growth.  This includes the costs 
of our commercial development team and costs associated with 
developing our Japanese proposition which have reduced in the 
current year as the project has neared conclusion.

Litigation defence and settlement costs represent those costs 
(net of insurance recoveries) incurred in defending Hansard Europe 
against writs taken against it, as described more fully in note 26 to 
the consolidated financial statements.  Legal costs recovered from 
insurers were £0.1m (2022: £0.5m). No further additional provisions 
have been required in the current year with the balance of the 
provision as at 30 June 2023 being £0.1m (2022: £0.2m).

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

Provision for doubtful debts relate to the provision in full of fees 
and other balances likely to be irrecoverable from a set of primarily 
Hansard Europe legacy funds which are in the process of liquidation. 

Salaries and other 
employment costs 

Other administrative expenses 

Professional fees, including audit 

Recurring administrative and  
other expenses 

Growth investment spend 

Administrative and other expenses,  
excl. litigation and non-recurring 
expense items 

Litigation defence and settlement costs 

Provision for doubtful debts 

10.6 

7.7 

3.1 

21.5 

0.8 

22.3 

1.4 

0.1 

10.8

7.3

2.8

20.9

0.8

21.7

1.1

1.4

24.2

Total administrative and other expenses 

23.8 

Salaries and other employment costs have decreased by £0.2m 
or 1.9% to £10.6m as a result of close scrutiny of headcount and a 
lower variable compensation element.    

The average Group headcount for the 2023 financial year was 187 
people (2022: 189 people).  

Other administrative expenses increased marginally to £7.7m from 
£7.3m as we actively managed the Group cost base despite high 
inflationary pressure.

Professional fees including audit increased by £0.3m to £3.1m. 
These costs include amounts totalling £0.8m paid to the Group’s 
auditor (2022: £0.5m) with the increase driven by additional fees in 
respect of the prior year, and fees for assurance work in respect of 
ESG; £0.5m (2022: £0.5m) for administration, custody, dealing and 
other charges paid under the terms of the investment processing 
outsourcing arrangements; recruitment costs of £0.2m (2022: 
£0.2m), costs of investor relations activities of £0.2m (2022: £0.2m) 
and general legal and professional fees of £1.4m (2022: £1.4m).

Cash Flow Analysis

The operational cash surplus (fees deducted from contracts and 
commissions received, less operational expenses paid) for the year 
was £15.9m (2022: £21.1m). Operating cash flows have decreased 
this year as a result of the reduction in fee income. 

Writing new business, particularly regular premium business, 
produces a short-term cash strain as a result of the commission 
and other costs incurred at the inception of a contract.  Annual 
management charges offset this strain and produce a positive return 
over time.

Future increases in new business levels can be funded where 
necessary by the Group’s significant cash resources, but over 
time as the level of contract holder assets is built up, the annual 
management charges that are earned from the Group’s newer 
products will become sufficient to sustain new business growth and 
dividends.

During 2023, the Group invested £6.6m (2022: £4.2m) as part 
of a project to replace its administration systems. These costs 
are capitalised as Intangible Assets on the Group’s consolidated 
balance sheet.

Net cash outflows before dividends was £1.6m (2022: inflows of 
£5.3m), with a reduction in cash from operating activities offset to 
some extent by interest received as a result of increases in interest 
rates.

Overall Group cash and deposits have decreased from £74.5m to 
£65.4m as at 30 June 2023, primarily driven by lower new business 
as noted above.

15

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business and Financial Review continued

The following non-GAAP tables summarise the Group’s own cash 
flows in the year: 

Group Bank Deposits and 
Money Market Funds

The Group holds its liquid assets in highly rated money market 
liquidity funds and with a wide range of deposit institutions to 
diversify counterparty risk.  Deposits totalling £13.2m (2022: 
£15.6m) have original maturity dates typically greater than 3 months 
and are therefore excluded from the definition of “cash and cash 
equivalents” under IFRS and are instead included within ‘Deposits 
and money market funds’ in the consolidated balance sheet. The 
following table summarises the total cash and deposits at the 
balance sheet date.

Money market funds and immediately
available cash 

Short-term deposits with credit institutions 

Cash and cash equivalents under IFRS 

Longer-term deposits with  
credit institutions 

Group cash and deposits 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

41.2 

11.0 

52.2 

13.2 

65.4 

54.2

4.7

58.9

15.6

74.5

Net cash surplus from operating activities  

Interest received 

Net cash inflow from operations 

2023 
£m 

15.9 

3.0 

18.9 

2022
£m

21.1

0.3

21.4

Net cash investment in new business 

(8.5) 

(11.5)

Purchase of property and 
computer equipment 
Net cash investment in bond portfolio 
Corporation tax paid 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow before dividends  

Dividends paid 

Net cash outflow after dividends 

(6.6) 
(5.0) 
(0.4) 

(1.6) 

(5.9) 

(7.5) 

(4.5)
-
(0.1)

5.3

(6.1)

(0.8)

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

Net cash (outflow) after dividends 

(7.5) 

(0.8)

(Decrease)/increase in amounts due  
to contract holders 

Net Group cash movements 

(0.6) 

(8.1) 

Group cash and deposits - opening position 

74.5 

Effect of exchange rate changes 

(1.0) 

Group cash and deposits - closing position 

65.4 

9.8

9.0

63.5

2.0

74.5

The below table reconciles the key lines for the current year in the 
above non-GAAP cash flow to the key lines in the consolidated cash 
flow shown on page 83. 

  Consolidated
 Non-GAAP  Cash Flow
 Statement
 Cash Flow 

Net cash flow from operations before tax   

13.9 

Adjust for net movement in policyholder 
financial assets and liabilities 

Purchase of property and computer 
equipment (tangible and intangible) 

Corporation tax paid 

Dividends paid 

Net cash investment in business 
Decrease in amounts due to 
contract holders 
Net movement in assets and liabilities 
relating to contract holders 

Net Group cash movements 

- 

13.9 

(6.6) 

(0.4) 

(5.9) 

(8.5) 

(0.6) 

- 

(9.1) 

(8.1) 

£m

7.4

2.4

9.8

(6.6)

(0.4)

(5.9)

- 

- 

(5.0)

(5.0)

(8.1)

16

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Abridged Consolidated Balance Sheet
The consolidated balance sheet on page 82 presented under IFRS 
reflects the financial position of the Group at 30 June 2023. As a 
result of its method of presentation, the consolidated balance sheet 
incorporates the financial assets held to back the Group’s liability to 
contract holders and incorporates the net liability to those contract 
holders of £1,101.5m (2022: £1,092.3m). Additionally, that portion 
of the Group’s capital that is held in bank deposits is disclosed in 
“cash and cash equivalents” based on original maturity terms, as 
noted above. 

The abridged consolidated balance sheet presented below, adjusted 
for those differences in disclosure, allows a better understanding of 
the Group’s own capital position. 

Assets 

Deferred origination costs 

Other assets 

Bank deposits and money market funds 

Liabilities 

Deferred income 

Other payables 

Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

117.8 

27.6 

65.4 

122.5

20.4

74.5

210.8 

217.4

144.8 

44.2 

189.0 

21.8 

145.1

50.1

195.2

22.2

Share capital and reserves 

21.8 

22.2

Other assets include intangible assets, property, plant, and 
equipment and other receivables. Other payables include amounts 
due to investment contract holders and other payables.

Deferred Origination Costs

The deferral of origination costs reflects that the Group will earn 
fees over the long-term from contracts issued in a given financial 
year. These costs are recoverable out of future net income from the 
relevant contract and are charged to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the life of each 
contract.  

The movement in value over the financial year is summarised below

Carrying value 

At beginning of financial year 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

122.5 

125.1

Origination costs deferred during the year  

8.7 

Origination costs amortised during the year 

(13.4) 

11.3

(13.9)

117.8 

122.5

Deferred Income

The treatment of deferred income ensures that contract fees are 
taken to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in 
equal instalments over the longer-term, reflecting the services to 
be provided over the period of the contract. This is consistent with 
the treatment of deferred origination costs. Deferred income at the 
balance sheet date is the unamortised balance of accumulated initial 
amounts received on new business.

The proportion of income deferred in any one year is dependent 
upon the mix and volume of new business flows in previous years. 
The Group’s focus on regular premium business means that these 
fees are received over the initial period of the contract, rather than 
being received up front, as is often the case with single premium 
contracts.  

The majority of initial fees collected during the year relates to 
charges taken from contracts issued in prior financial years 
demonstrating the cash generative nature of the business. Regular 
premium contracts issued in this financial year will generate the 
majority of their initial fees over the next 18 months on average.

The movement in value of deferred income over the financial year is 
summarised below.

Carrying value 

At beginning of financial year 

Initial fees collected in the year 
and deferred  

Income amortised during the year 
to fees income 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

145.1 

142.5

16.5 

19.2

(16.8) 

(16.6)

144.8 

145.1

Contract Holder Assets Under 
Administration
In the following paragraphs, contract holder assets under 
administration (“AuA”), refers to net assets held to cover financial 
liabilities, as analysed in note 17 to the consolidated financial 
statements presented under IFRS.  Such assets are selected by or 
on behalf of contract holders to meet their investment needs.

The Group receives investment inflows to its AuA from single and 
regular premium contracts which are offset by withdrawals, charges, 
premium holidays affecting regular premium policies, and by market 
valuation movements. 

The majority of premium contributions are designated in currencies 
other than sterling, reflecting the wide geographical spread of those 
contact holders.  The currency composition of AuA at the balance 
sheet date is similar to prior year, with 71% of AuA designated in US 
dollar (2022: 71%) and 8% in euro (2022: 8%).

17

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business and Financial Review continued

Certain collective investment schemes linked to customers’ 
contracts can from time to time become illiquid, suspended or be 
put into liquidation. In such cases, the Directors are required to 
exercise their judgement in relation to the fair value of these assets.  
The cumulative impact on the balance sheet is not material.

The value of AuA at 30 June 2023 was £1,101.5m, 0.8% higher 
than 30 June 2022.  Significantly lower single premiums were 
offset by lower withdrawals, and market and currency movements 
increased as global stock markets regained ground lost as a result 
of economic concerns arising out of the Russia/Ukraine conflict and 
the impact of monetary tightening with high levels of inflation.  

The following table summarises the movements in the year:  

Dividends
An interim dividend of 1.8p per share was paid in April 2023. This 
amounted to £2.5m.

The Board has resolved to recommend a final dividend of 2.65p per 
share (2022: 2.65p) for shareholder approval at the AGM.  In making 
this recommendation, the Board has carefully considered its current 
and future cash flows, the risks and potential impacts introduced 
by global economic conditions, geopolitical factors (including the 
ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict), the outlook for future growth 
and profitability, and the views of key stakeholders, including 
shareholders and regulators.  Subject to approval at the AGM, this 
dividend will be paid on 16 November 2023.

Deposits to investment contracts –  
regular premiums 

Deposits to investment contracts –  
single premiums 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

86.1 

86.2

30.2 

43.8

Complaints and Potential Litigation
Financial services institutions can be drawn into disputes in 
cases where the performance of assets selected directly by or 
on behalf of contract holders through their advisors fails to meet 
their expectations. This is particularly relevant in the case of more 
complex products distributed throughout Europe prior to 2014. 

Withdrawals from contracts and charges   

(147.7) 

(158.4)

Effect of market and currency movements  

Movement in year 

Opening balance 

Closing balance 

40.6 

9.2 

(103.5)

(131.9)

1,092.3 

1,224.2

1,101.5 

1,092.3

The analysis of AuA held by each Group subsidiary to cover financial 
liabilities is as follows:

Fair value of AuA at 30 June 

Hansard International 

Hansard Europe 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

1,037.7 

1,024.5

63.8 

67.8

1,101.5 

1,092.3

Assets to cover the financial liabilities of Hansard Worldwide are 
held by Hansard International and therefore are included within 
Hansard International’s total AuA.

Since it closed to new business in 2013, Hansard Europe’s AuA has 
been declining broadly in line with expectations as contracts are 
surrendered or mature.

Even though the Group have never given any investment advice, 
as this is left to the contract holder directly or through an agent, 
advisor or an entity appointed at their request or preference, the 
Group has been subject to a number of complaints in relation to the 
performance of assets linked to contracts. 

As at 30 June 2023, the Group had been served with cumulative 
writs with a net exposure totalling €26.1m, or £22.4m in sterling 
terms (30 June 2022: €24.6m / £21.2m) arising from contract holder 
complaints and other asset performance-related issues. These are 
disclosed as contingent liabilities in note 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements.  The principal reasons for the increase in 
contingent liabilities are a case which was previously defended 
successfully, being subject to a new claim, and a further new claim 

During the year, the Group successfully defended 15 cases with net 
exposures of approximately £1.9m, 14 of which may be appealed 
by the plaintiffs (2022: successfully defended 24 cases with net 
exposures of £3.2m). These successes continue to affirm confidence 
in the Group’s legal arguments. 

Our policy is to maintain contingent liabilities even where we 
win cases in the court of first instance if such cases have been 
subsequently appealed.  This includes our largest single case in 
Belgium.

18

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have previously noted that we expect a number of our larger 
claims to ultimately be covered by our Group insurance cover.  
During FY 2023 we recorded £0.1m in insurance recoveries in 
relation to litigation expenses (2022: £0.5m).  We expect such 
reimbursement to continue during the course of those claims.  

We continue to estimate insurance coverage against the £22.4m of 
contingent liabilities referred to above to be in the range of £3m to 
£10m.

While it is not possible to forecast or determine the final result of 
such litigation, based on the pleadings and advice received from the 
Group’s legal representatives and experience with cases previously 
successfully defended, we believe we have a strong chance of 
success in defending these claims. Other than smaller cases 

where based on past experience it is expected a settlement might 
be reached, the writs have therefore been treated as contingent 
liabilities and are disclosed in note 26 to the consolidated financial 
statements.  Where there is an established pattern of settlement for 
a grouping of claims, a provision has been made for the remaining 
exposures and included in note 20 ‘Provisions’

Net Asset Value Per Share
The net asset value per share on an IFRS basis as at 30 June 2023 
is 15.9p (2022: 16.1p) based on the net assets in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet divided by the number of shares in issue, being 
137,557,079 ordinary shares (2022: 137,557,079).

19

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management and Internal Control

Risk Management and 
Internal Control
The Group is naturally exposed to both existing and emerging risks, 
as it pursues its strategic and business plan objectives, which may 
arise via the internal or the external environment. All such risks, are 
identified, assessed, monitored, managed and reported under the 
governance, risk management and internal control protocols, which 
constitute the Group’s ERM Framework, and which remain central to 
the Board’s oversight, direction and control of the Group. 

For the year ended 30 June 2023 the Board has remained sensitive 
to the disruptions provoked by the outbreak of war in Ukraine, which 
coincided with the residual stresses of the Covid-19 pandemic. 
Particular focus has been maintained on understanding and 
assessing the capacity for risks in the external environment, which 
have more immediate prominence – including energy supply risks, 
cost of living crises, rising inflation and cyberattacks on critical 
infrastructure - to impede the visibility of other emerging challenges, 
including climate transition risks, broader increase in cyber 
vulnerabilities, persistent barriers to international mobility, wider 
supply chain disruptions, protectionism, geopolitical instabilities and 
inflationary pressures.  The nature and duration of uncertain and 
unpredictable events, over short, mid and longer-term time horizons 
remains under close scrutiny.  

Approach

Having regard to the Financial Reporting Council’s ‘Guidance on 
Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and 
Business Reporting’, the ERM Framework encompasses the 
policies, processes, tasks, reporting conventions, behaviours, and 
other aspects of the Group’s environment, which cumulatively:

 ■ Support the Board’s assessment of existing and emerging 

risks, together with combinations of those risks in the form of 
plausible stresses and scenarios, which have the potential to 
threaten the Company’s business model, future performance, 
solvency, liquidity, or reputation. Such assessment includes 
analysis of the likelihood, impact, and time horizon over which 
such risks, or combinations of risks might emerge or crystallise.  

 ■ Facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the Group 
and its subsidiary entities by enabling a consolidated and 
comprehensive approach to the management of risks across 
the Group, with specific attention to aggregate impacts and 
effects, enabling appropriate responses to significant business, 
operational, financial, compliance and other risks to business 
objectives, so safeguarding the assets of the Group.

 ■ Help to ensure the quality of internal and external reporting. This 
requires the maintenance of proper records and processes that 
generate a flow of timely, relevant, and reliable information from 
within and outside the Group, enabling the Board to form their 

own view on the effectiveness of risk management and internal 
control arrangements through the regular provision of relevant 
information and assurances.

 ■ Seek to ensure continuous compliance with applicable laws 

and regulations as well as with internal policies governing the 
conduct of business.

 ■ Drive the cultural tone and expectations of the Board in 

respect of governance, risk management and internal control 
arrangements and the delegation of associated authorities and 
accountabilities. 

The Board has overall responsibility for the effective operation 
of the ERM Framework and the Directors retain responsibility for 
determining, evaluating, and controlling the nature and extent of the 
risks which the Board is willing to accept across the spectrum of risk 
types, taking account of varying levels of strategic, financial, and 
operational stresses, potential risk scenarios and emerging as well 
as existing risk exposures. This approach ensures that risk appetite 
remains an integral element of decision-making by both the Board 
and the Executive Management Team, including in the setting of 
strategy, ongoing business planning and business change initiatives.  

The ERM Framework has been designed to be appropriate to the 
nature, scale, and complexity of the Group’s business at both 
corporate and subsidiary level. The Framework components are 
reviewed on at least an annual basis and refined, if necessary, 
to ensure they remain fit for purpose in substance and form and 
continue to support the Directors’ assessment of the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control 
systems. Such assessment depends upon the Board maintaining 
a thorough understanding of the Group’s risk profile, including the 
types, characteristics, interdependencies, sources, and potential 
impact of both existing and emerging risks on an individual and 
aggregate basis. 

During the year ended 30 June 2023 the Group Risk Forum (“GRF”), 
previously established during the 2022 Financial Year to replace 
the pre-existing Executive and Operational Risk Committees, 
has continued its work to further enhance the evidencing and 
demonstration of risk ownership, ensuring responsibilities and 
accountabilities for risk management and risk-based decision 
making are transparent and proactively owned at all business 
levels. The GRF has continued to drive clearer and more dynamic 
interfaces between the governance, risk management and internal 
control conventions of the ERM Framework and those constituting 
the Group and subsidiary Own Risk and Solvency Assessment 
(“ORSA”) cycles. The Group ORSA report reflects the cycle of 
ongoing activities and arrangements which enable the Group 
Board and the Executive Management Team to properly assess 
and understand at a practical level the short- and longer-term risks 
facing the Group and the capital required to cover those risks, under 
both normal and stressed conditions. The ORSA considers the 

20

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023major sources of risk that the Group, or a subsidiary entity may face 
under the principal and subordinate risk designations of the ERM 
Framework. Both internal and external risks are considered, together 
with emerging risks and any risks associated with the Group’s 
systems of governance. The ORSA includes capital, performance 
and strategic information and provides management with key 
information for decision making.

The disciplines of the ERM Framework seek to coordinate risk 
management in respect of the Group as a whole, including for 
the purpose of ensuring compliance with capital adequacy 
requirements, liquidity adequacy requirements and regulatory capital 
requirements, in line with the Isle of Man Financial Services Authority 
Risk-Based Capital Regime. 

Governance, risk management and internal control protocols 
remain structured upon a ‘three lines’ model, which determines how 
specific duties and responsibilities are assigned and coordinated. 
Front line management are responsible for identifying risks, 
executing effective controls, and escalating risk issues and events 
to the Group’s Control Functions. The Group Risk and Compliance 
Functions oversee and work in collaboration with the First Line, 
ensuring that the business is conducted in a manner consistent 
with rules, limits, and risk appetite constraints. The Group Internal 
Audit Department provides independent assurance services to 
the Board and Executive Management Team on the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk management and 
internal control arrangements.

The ERM Framework seeks to add value through embedding risk 
management and effective internal control systems as continuous 
and developing processes within strategy setting, programme level 
functions and day-to-day operating activities. The ERM Framework 
also acknowledges the significance of organisational culture and 
values in relation to risk management and their impact on the overall 
effectiveness of the internal control framework. 

Emerging Risks

The ERM Framework promotes the pursuit of its overarching 
performance, information, and compliance objectives through focus 
on five interrelated elements, which enable the management of 
risk at strategic, programme and operational level to be integrated, 
so that layers of activity support each other. The five interrelated 
elements are defined as: 

 ■ Management oversight and the control culture

 ■ Risk recognition and assessment

 ■ Control activities and segregation of duties 

 ■ Information and communication; and

 ■ Monitoring activities and correcting deficiencies

Risk management processes are undertaken on both a top-down 
and bottom-up basis, structured to promote improved organisational 
performance through better integration of strategy, risk, control and 
governance.  

The top-down aspect involves the Board assessing, analysing, and 
evaluating what it believes to be the principal risks facing the Group, 
with focus on current and forward-looking risks. The bottom-up 
approach involves the identification, review and monitoring of risk 
issues and emerging risks at functional and divisional levels, with 
analysis and formal reporting to the Group Risk Forum on a quarterly 
basis and onward analytical reporting to the Board.  

Stress and scenario testing is used to explore, assess, and quantify 
emerging risks as well as to analyse and assess any changes 
in existing aspects of the ‘Risk Universe’, which are monitored 
via the ERM Framework. Such assessment and analyses use 
both quantitative tests and qualitative assessments to consider 
reasonably plausible risk events, including those stresses and 
scenarios that could lead to failure of the business, approximated 
to the range of impact types which can be envisaged. The results of 
the stress and scenario testing are considered and explored by the 
Group Risk Forum, the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board, as 
necessary and appropriate.   

The system of internal control is designed to understand and 
manage, rather than eliminate risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives, and seeks to provide reasonable, rather than absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Review of Risk Management and 
Internal Control Systems

The results of the risk management processes combine to facilitate 
identification of the principal business, financial, operational and 
compliance risks and any associated key risks at a subordinate 
level. Established reporting cycles enable the Board to maintain 
oversight of the quality and value of risk management and internal 
control activities throughout the year and ensure that the entirety of 
the governance, risk management and internal control frameworks, 
which constitute the ERM Framework, are operating effectively and 
as intended. These processes have been in place throughout the 
year under review and up to the date of this report. 

Independently of its quarterly and ad hoc risk reporting 
arrangements the Board has conducted its annual review of the 
effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and internal 
control systems including financial, operational and compliance 
controls. This review is undertaken in collaboration with the Audit 
and Risk Committee and is based upon analysis and evaluation of:

21

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management and Internal Control continued

 ■ Attestation reporting from the key subsidiary companies of the 
Group as to the effective functioning of the risk management 
and internal control frameworks and the ongoing identification 
and evaluation of risk within each subsidiary.

 ■ Formal compliance declarations from senior managers at 

divisional level that key risks are being managed appropriately 
within the functional and operational areas falling under 
their respective span of control and that controls have been 
examined and are effective.

 ■ The cumulative results of cyclical risk reporting by senior and 
executive management via the GRF, having regard to the ‘five 
pillar’ structure of the ERM Framework, which drives analytical 
reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee. Independent 
assurance work by the Group Internal Audit Department to 
identify any areas for enhancements to internal controls and 
work with management to define associated action plans to 
deliver them.

The Board has determined that there were no areas for 
enhancement which constituted a significant weakness for the year 
under review and they are satisfied that the Group’s governance, risk 
management and internal control systems are operating effectively 
and as intended.

Financial Reporting Process

Integral to ERM monitoring and reporting arrangements are the 
conventions which ensure that the Board maintains a continuous 
understanding of the financial impacts of the Group failing to meet 
its objectives, due to crystallisation of an actual or emerging risk, 
or via the stress and scenario events, which the Board considers to 
be reasonably plausible. This includes those stresses and scenarios 
that could lead to a failure of the business. Planning and sensitivity 
analyses incorporate Board approval of forecast financial and other 
information. The Board receives regular representations from Senior 
Executives in this regard.

Performance against targets is reported to the Board quarterly 
through a review of Group and subsidiary companies’ results based 
on accounting policies that are applied consistently throughout 
the Group.  Financial and management information is prepared 
quarterly by the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and presented to 
the Board and the Audit and Risk Committee. The members of the 
Audit and Risk Committee review the interim financial statements for 
the half year ending 31 December and for the full financial year and 
engage with the CFO to discuss and challenge the presentation and 
disclosures therein. Once the draft document is approved by the 
Audit and Risk Committee, it is reviewed by the Board before final 
approval at a Board meeting.

Outsourcing
The majority of investment dealing and custody processes in relation 
to contract holder assets are outsourced to Capital International 

Limited (CIL), a company authorised by the Isle of Man Financial 
Services Authority and a member of the London Stock Exchange.

These processes are detailed in a formal contract that incorporates 
notice periods and a full exit management plan. Delivery of services 
under the contract is monitored by a dedicated Relationship 
Manager against a documented Service Level Agreement, which 
includes Key Performance Indicators.

CIL is required to confirm monthly that no material control 
weaknesses have been identified in their operations; this is overseen 
via service delivery monitoring performed by the Relationship 
Manager.  Each year CIL are required to confirm and evidence the 
adequacy and effectiveness of their internal control framework 
through a formal Assurance Report on Internal Controls, with an 
external independent review performed every second year.  

Risks Relating to the Group’s Financial and 
Other Exposures

Hansard’s business model involves the controlled acceptance and 
management of risk exposures. Under the terms of the unit-linked 
investment contracts issued by the Group, the contract holder bears 
the investment risk on the assets in the unit-linked funds, as the 
policy benefits are directly linked to the value of the assets in the 
funds. These assets are administered in a manner consistent with 
the expectations of the contract holders. The Group maintains a 
precise match between the investment assets held and the contract 
holder liabilities, and so the market risk and credit risk lie with 
contract holders. 

The Group’s exposure on this unit-linked business is limited to the 
extent that income arising from asset management charges and 
commissions is generally based on the value of assets in the funds, 
and any sustained falls in value will reduce earnings. In addition, 
there are certain financial risks (credit, market and liquidity risks) 
in relation to the investment of shareholders’ funds. The Group’s 
exposure to financial risks is explained in note 3 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

The Board believes that the principal risks facing the Group’s 
earnings and financial position are those risks which are inherent 
to the Group’s business model and operating environment. The 
regulatory landscape continues to evolve at both a local and 
international level and the risk management and internal control 
frameworks of the Group must remain responsive to developments 
which may change the nature, impact or likelihood of such risks, or 
the time horizon within which they might crystallise.

22

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Principal Risks
The following table sets out the principal inherent risks that may impact the Group’s strategic objectives, profitability or capital and provides an 
overview of how such risks are managed or mitigated. The Board robustly reviews and considers its principal risks on at least an annual basis 
and for the year ended 30 June 2023 have continued to consider specifically the likelihood, impacts and timescales within which such risks might 
crystallise, together with assessment of contingent uncertainties and any emerging risks. 

Risk

Risk factors and management

Distribution Risk:

Arising from market changes, 
technological advancement, loss of 
key intermediary relationships or 
competitor activity

The business environment in which the international insurance industry operates is subject to 
continuous change as new market and competitor forces come into effect and as technology 
continues to evolve. The Group may be unable to maintain competitive advantage in commercially 
significant jurisdictions, or market segments, or be unable to build and sustain successful distribution 
relationships, particularly in the event of any prolonged uncertainties consequent to the pandemic 
environment.

How we manage the risk:

Market Risks:

Arising from major market stresses, 
or fluctuation in market variables, 
resulting in falls in equity or other 
asset values, currency movements 
or a combined scenario manifesting  

•  Close monitoring of marketplaces, competitor activity and consumer sentiment for signs of 

emerging risks and threats to forecast new business levels.  

•  Stress and scenario modelling considers the consequences of production falling materially above or 
below target and enables the Board to ensure that forecasting and planning activities are sufficiently 
robust and revised product and distribution strategies are designed to add additional scale to 
the business, on a more diversified basis, through organic growth at acceptable levels of risk and 
profitability.

•  Continuous investment in and development of technology. During the reporting period we have 
continued to maintain close contact with our distribution partners and deploy technological 
solutions, where appropriate.

• 

Investment in new markets and expansion of existing markets, developing new key distributor 
relationships and new product development for specific markets and globally.

Market risks are an inherent element of the Group’s unit linked business and are routinely assessed 
and monitored via the Group ERM Framework, having regard to the balance sheet and profit reduction 
impacts of a drop in equities, causing a reduction in fees derived from the value of contract holder 
assets, as well as the contagion effects for aspects of the broader risk portfolio. Such contagion might 
include deferred impacts to profit through reduced sales activity, concentration risks on fund holdings/
underlying assets, and reduced incomes through increased lapse rates.

The Board also recognises that extreme market conditions and prolonged macroeconomic challenges 
may have the capacity to influence consumer appetite for the selection and purchase of financial 
services products and the period over which business is retained. Inflation quickly moved to become 
a significant driver of economic volatilities during the reporting period, with prevailing uncertainty as 
to how effective typical policy responses might be and the potential for wide ranging and profound 
changes to be triggered. In addition, the Group operates internationally and earns income in a range 
of different currencies, with the majority of premiums denominated in USD whilst the vast majority of 
it’s operational cost base is denominated in GBP. A significant adverse currency movement over a 
sustained period remains a principal risk to the Group. 

How we manage the risk:

•  The Board recognises that market volatilities and currency movements are unpredictable and driven 

by a diverse range of factors and these risks are inherent in the provision of investment-linked 
products. 

•  The currencies of assets and liabilities are matched within set tolerances and certain expenses 

invoiced in US Dollars to match against US Dollar income streams.

•  Business plans are modelled across a broad range of market and economic scenarios and take 

account of alternative commercial outlooks within overall business strategy. This promotes a greater 
understanding of market and currency risk, the limits of the Company’s resilience and the range of 
possible mitigating options. 

•  Stress testing performed during the year-ended 30 June 2023 assessed the impacts of reasonably 

plausible market risk events and scenarios, including those resulting from macroeconomic 
challenges driven by geopolitical instabilities, rising inflation, uncertainties in commodity price and 
currency volatilities.

•  The long-term nature of the Group’s products serves to smooth short term currency fluctuations. 

However, longer term trends are monitored and considered in pricing models.

23

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management and Internal Control continued

Credit Risk: 

Arising from the failure of a 
counterparty 

 Liquidity Risk: 

Arising from a failure to maintain an 
adequate level of liquidity to meet 
financial obligations under both 
planned and stressed conditions

Legal and Regulatory Risk: 

Arising from changes in the 
regulatory landscape, which 
adversely impact the Group’s 
business model, or from a failure by 
the Group, or one of its subsidiary 
entities, to meet its legal, regulatory 
or contractual obligations, resulting 
in the risk of loss or the imposition 
of penalties, damages or fines

In dealing with third party financial institutions, including banking, money market and settlement, 
custody and other counterparties, the Group is exposed to the risk of financial loss and potential 
disruption of core business functional and operational processes. 

Financial loss can also arise when the funds in which contract holders are invested become illiquid, 
resulting in past and future fee income not being received. The failure of Independent Financial Agents 
(IFAs) can also result in loss where unearned commissions can be due back to the Group.

How we manage the risk:

•  The Group seeks to limit exposure to loss or detriment via counterparty failure through robust 

selection criteria, minimum rating agency limits, pre-defined risk-based limits on concentrations of 
exposures and continuous review of positions to identify, evaluate, restrict and monitor various forms 
of exposure on an individual and aggregate basis.

•  During the reporting period we have continued to closely monitor geopolitical developments and 

potential disruptions to international payment systems and capital markets arising from the extensive 
sanctions in force in the context of the Russia-Ukraine conflict.

If the Group does not have sufficient levels of liquid assets to support business activities or settle its 
obligations as they fall due, the Group may be in default of its obligations and may incur significant 
sanction, loss or cost to rectify the position.

How we manage the risk:

•  The Group maintains highly prudent positions in accordance with its risk appetite and investment 
policies which ensures a high level of liquidity is always available in the short term. Generally, 
shareholder assets are invested in cash or money market instruments with highly rated 
counterparties.

•  During the reporting period we have maintained a prudent approach to the availability of short-term 

cash, with no material change in risk exposures.

The scale and pace of change in regulatory and supervisory environments, including the continued 
emergence of new and/or updated compliance obligations and increasingly granular data submission 
requirements has maintained the momentum gathered post-Covid. Changes to rule sets and 
supervisory expectations continue to require efficient and effective ways to evidence and demonstrate 
how compliance obligations are met, whilst compliance analytics and high-quality data driven insights 
are becoming increasingly important.

The direction of regulatory travel demands continued investment in the capacity, competence and 
capability of resourcing across all business areas, having regard to the extent of risk interdependencies 
and the embedding of personal accountability regimes. The impacts associated with crystalisation of a 
significant compliance failing, including financial penalties, public disclosures, restrictions on activities 
and other forms of intervention, have been escalated by sea-changes in political landscapes and 
shifting supervisory attitudes to regulatory effectiveness.

The interpretation or application of regulation over time may impact market accessibility, broker 
relationships and / or competitive viability. If the Group fails to monitor the regulatory environment or 
adequately integrate the management of associated obligations within strategic, business model or 
business planning processes there may be material risk to the achievement of strategic objectives both 
in the short and longer term.

How we manage the risk:

•  Robust strategic planning processes informed by analytical review of the external environment and 

consideration of associated risk in the short and longer term.

•  Continuous monitoring and review of developments in international law and regulation and 

proactive management of how such developments might shape jurisdictional specific reaction.

•  Active and transparent engagement with regulatory authorities and industry bodies on a multi-
jurisdictional basis, including active engagement in and responding to regulatory consultation 
exercises.

•  Maintenance of robust governance, risk management and internal control arrangements to ensure 

that legal and regulatory obligations are substantively met on a continuing basis.

•  Active engagement with professional advisors to address specific risks and issues that arise.

24

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Fraud and Financial Crime Risk: 

Economic challenges flowing from 
the pandemic persist, provoking 
an increase in the source and 
form of fraud and financial crime 
risks. These have combined with 
geopolitical instabilities and the 
mobilisation of unprecedented 
levels of sanctions against Russia 
in the context of the Russia-Ukraine 
conflict

Culture and Conduct Risk: 

Arising from any failure of 
governance, risk management and 
internal control arrangements, via 
corporate or individual actions. 

Regulators are taking – and expecting from firms – an increasingly holistic approach to mitigating 
heightened financial crime risks. Fraud and scam activities continue to target weaknesses in internal 
control environments - contingent with greater reliance upon remote working arrangements. Emerging 
risk research further indicates the bulk of the largest operational risk losses across financial services 
companies continues to emanate from mega frauds, indicative of macro-economic pressures and their 
propensity to drive episodes of internal fraud. These challenges and increased pressures on profitability 
are also seen as increasing the risk of poor-quality business being written and potentially diminishing 
the attention paid to due diligence procedures and processes. Regulators retain substantial leeway to 
take enforcement action ‘in hindsight’ and financial crime systems and controls are one of the most 
significant areas of enforcement risk as supervisory authorities seek to demonstrate the effectiveness 
of the regulatory environment.

How we manage the risk:

•  Rigorous anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing and anti-bribery and corruption 

measures.

•  Rapid, scalable and effective sanctions screening mechanisms to ensure robust, effective and 

compliant understanding of the landscape on a continuing basis.

• 

Implementation of controls to identify and mitigate any emerging risks associated with the 
exploitation of economic stimulus schemes, prolonged dependencies upon remote working or other 
measures to counteract the impacts of the pandemic.

•  Continuous review of measures to support activity in the context of divergent economic recoveries 

from the pandemic, including those measures relied upon by key business partners.

Organisational culture remains under scrutiny by the Board on the basis that it is recognised as a 
fundamental driver of corporate success, prudential soundness, and compliant conduct. Any failure 
to adequately assess, monitor, manage and mitigate risks to the delivery of fair customer outcomes, 
or to market integrity, can be expected to result in material detriment to the achievement of strategic 
objectives and could incur regulatory censure, financial penalty, contract holder litigation and / or 
material reputational damage.

Clear and heightened regulatory expectations of individual and corporate accountability continue 
to connect governance, risk and compliance obligations directly to cultural imperatives and the 
responsibilities assigned to individual Senior Managers. 

How we manage the risk:

•  Programme level initiatives to address and support cultural change and development have 

remained in active progress during the reporting period with the results of investment in culture 
diagnostics informing strategic decision-making and tactical solutions to drive cultural change, 
where needed. 

• 

Iterative enhancements to the Group’s ERM framework continue to drive and deliver the integration 
of conduct risk management at both a cultural and practical level. 

•  Business activities designed to manage the volume and velocity of regulatory change include a 

core focus on ensuring compliance with conduct risk obligations, managing conflicts of interest, 
preventing market abuse and building robust governance arrangements around new product 
development and product suitability processes. 

•  Forward looking risk indicators and executive leadership in respect of understanding and 

addressing the drivers of conduct risk focus on all core areas with assessment at strategic, 
functional and operational levels.

•  The Group maintains regular dialogue with its regulatory authorities and with its external advisors in 

relation to developments in the regulatory environments in which we operate.

25

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management and Internal Control continued

Operational Resilience Risk:

Arising from any exposure to risk 
events with the capacity to cause 
operational failures or wide scale 
disruptions in financial markets  

Cyber and Information Security 
Risk:

Arising from the increased 
digitalisation of business activities 
and growing dependence upon 
technology in the context of 
exposure to elevated and more 
pernicious forms of digital and 
cyber risk

The ability to maintain critical services or operations during periods of disruption is receiving increasing 
levels of regulatory scrutiny with concurrent growth in the formalisation of regulatory expectation. 
‘Resilience Principles’ build on the real-world tests presented by the Covid-19 pandemic and the 
near-term threat of disruption of key global infrastructure in the context of the ongoing Russia-Ukraine 
conflict. Resilience risk and associated regulatory expectations directly extend to threats originating 
via third parties, including external providers, supply chains networks and outsourcing architectures 
intended to leverage economies of scale, gain access to specialist expertise, or deliver advanced 
technologies supporting innovative services. 

Global supervisory attention is focussed on regulating for resilience by ensuring that strategies such 
as grounding resilience analyses in key delivery requirements, appreciating the potential for systemic 
vulnerabilities and embracing a diversity of approaches combine to strengthen the ability of financial 
services firms to withstand operational risk related events

How we manage the risk: 
 ■ ERM conventions guide the identification and assessment of events or scenarios presenting risk to 
operational resilience – typically pandemics, cyber incidents, technology failures or natural disasters 
– as well as supply chain disruption impacts to critical processes, business continuity and good 
governance.

 ■ Impact tolerances, together with mapping and testing allow the identification of services which 

could cause harm, if disrupted and identify any areas of vulnerability.

 ■ Stress testing, continuity planning and recovery and resolution strategies provide for continuous 

review of the adequacy and effectiveness with which the business can respond to and recover from 
disruptions.

The nature and complexity of cyber threats and cyber risk are recognised by the Board as presenting 
the single most significant risk to financial services firms. The mounting sophistication and persistence 
of cybercrime and the growing adoption of highly advanced, nation-state type tools by cyber criminals, 
underscore the challenges in understanding and anticipating the nature of cyber threats and cyber 
risks. 

The pandemic served to accelerate the efforts of organised crime to exploit weaknesses in cyber 
defences and explicitly target remote working vulnerabilities, whilst new technological capabilities and 
use of third-party platforms add to the complexity of understanding the complete reach of cyber and 
information security exposures. More recently geopolitical tensions at a global level and the escalation 
of the Russia-Ukraine conflict are considered to have triggered unprecedented cyber risks for Western 
governments and corporations.

Building resilience to continuously evolving cyber risk is a priority for all stakeholders. Growing levels of 
regulatory scrutiny, focussed on three core areas - cyber risk identification, cyber risk governance and 
cyber risk resilience – is clearly foreseeable.  Increased pressure for regulated entities to evidence and 
demonstrate how they are addressing emerging regulatory concerns and the timeliness of their actions 
can also be expected.

In the event of any material failure in our core business systems, or business processes, or if the Group 
fails to take adequate and appropriate measures to protect its systems and data from the inherent 
risk of attack, disruption and/or unauthorised access by internal or external parties, this could result 
in confidential data being exposed and/or systems interruption. A significant cybercrime event could 
result in reputational damage, regulatory censure, and financial loss.

How we manage the risk: 
 ■ Continuous focus on the maintenance of a robust, secure, and resilient IT environment that protects 

customer and corporate data as a core element of our operational resilience mapping. 

 ■ Control techniques deployed to evaluate the security of systems and proactively address emerging 
threats both internally within the organisation and externally, through regular engagement with 
internet and technology providers and through industry forums.

 ■ Maintenance of detailed and robust Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans, including full 

data replication at an independent recovery centre, which can be invoked when required. 

 ■ Frequent and robust testing of business continuity and disaster recovery arrangements.
 ■ Periodic independent third-party systems penetration testing and review of controls.
 ■ Horizon scanning to identify and assess supervisory initiatives advocating and promoting good 

practice in cyber resilience and associated industry developments.

26

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG) Risk:

Arising from a failure to anticipate 
and respond to emerging 
sustainability risks or successfully 
integrate ESG considerations and 
policy positions into strategy and 
business planning

Climate change is recognised by the Board as presenting a potential source of high-impact, high-
probability risk, requiring a strategic response which is value-driven in terms of improving resilience 
and demonstrating to clients, investors, regulators, and wider stakeholder groups that the risks and 
opportunities of climate change are understood. 

The Board has identified that climate risk factors affecting the Group can be grouped into two main 
categories of risk exposure: -

Physical risks: arising from increased damage and losses from physical phenomena associated both 
with climate trends - typically changing weather patterns and sea level rises - and physical events, 
including natural disasters and extreme weather events; and

Transition risks: arising from disruptions and shifts associated with the transition to a low-carbon 
economy, which may affect the value of assets or the costs of doing business. Transition risks may 
be motivated by changes in policyholder, or other stakeholder expectations, market dynamics, 
technological innovation, or reputational factors. Key examples of transition risks include policy 
changes and regulatory reforms which affect carbon-intensive sectors. Policy and regulatory measures 
may also affect specific classes of financial assets relevant for investments available through an 
insurer’s platform, whilst social movements and civil society activism – such as that aiming to motivate 
divestment from and cessation of underwriting to the fossil fuel sector – may pose a risk of reputational 
damage to firms, if appropriate risk mitigation strategies (and communication actions) are not 
implemented appropriately.

How we manage the risk: 

 ■ Development of adaptation plans, which embrace forward-looking analysis and support strategic 
decision-making, with consideration of relevant business planning, operations, underwriting and 
investment activities in order to contribute to a sustainable transition to net-zero targets and provide 
effective mitigation of climate change related risks,

 ■ Climate and other ESG risks could cause macroeconomic stresses in future, including impacts to 
markets, interest rates, inflation and exchange rates. The business manages its exposure to these 
macro-economic risks as described in the market risk section above.

 ■ Actively building sustainability considerations into strategy development and business planning 
processes through structured analysis, formal assessment mechanisms and cross-functional 
collaboration.

 ■ Factoring emerging sustainability risk issues into key decision-making and understanding the 
impacts for the tools and methodologies currently used to manage risk, including governance 
structures, risk ownership, risk and control self-assessment principles, regulatory developments, 
third party service provisions and effective reporting.

 ■ Developing and updating relevant components in relation to the sustainability risk domain – 

including policies, procedures, risk indicators, management data and stress testing.

 ■ ‘In flight’ initiatives addressing cultural alignment and structural resilience encompass core ESG 

considerations.

27

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTEmployee Engagement and Talent 
Risk: 

Arising from any failure to drive and 
support the right corporate culture 
and attract, develop, engage and 
retain key personnel

‘Talent risk’ is growing in prominence on the operational risk agenda at industry level with the 
emergence of unprecedented challenges linked to attracting and retaining employees across all 
financial services sectors. The most material concern attach to the shortfall in skilled employees 
to fill open vacancies, with a real danger that a skills shortage leads to weak oversight of business 
operations, particularly in critical functions/personnel, with the capacity to result in regulatory breaches 
through direct compliance failings, or as the result of poor governance protocols in terms of business 
structuring, capacity, and competence. 

Simultaneously, delivery of the Group’s strategy has core dependencies on attracting and retaining 
experienced and high-performing management and employees and building a strong and sustainable 
culture, driven by our purpose, our leadership, our performance management regime and our 
governance principles and objectives. 

The knowledge, skills, attitudes and behaviours of our employees, and the success with which these 
shape and define our culture, are central to our success. 

How we manage the risk: 
 ■ Significant investment in initiatives to address and support cultural change and development, shape 

strategy and inform tactical solutions.

 ■ Continuation of our ‘Culture Programme’ with clearly defined areas of focus under three core pillars, 

those being: 

- 

- 

- 

High Performance Culture

Learning Culture

Environment & Wellbeing

These remain in active progress led by the Executive Management Team with oversight by the Board.

During March 2023, we released our first in-house Employee Engagement survey which showed 
progress against all surveyed areas. Feedback from the survey has helped inform the Culture 
Programme activities for 2023/2024 (as set out above).

Further detail around financial risks are outlined in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

Philip Kay

Chair

27 September 2023

28

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 202329

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023STRATEGIC REPORTBoard of Directors

Contents 

Board of Directors 

Directors’ Report 

Directors’ Responsibilities 

Corporate Governance Report 

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee 

Report of the Nominations Committee 

Report of the Remuneration Committee 

Page

28

30

35

36

46

48

50

We recognise our obligations to adopt 
a responsible attitude towards our 
stakeholders. The Board believes that 
the Group continues to demonstrate 
such an attitude but recognises 
that the Group is a relatively small 
organisation.

Board of Directors
The Directors serving at the date of approval of this Annual Report 
and Accounts are as follows:

Philip Kay

Non-executive Chair

Chair of the Nominations Committee. 
Member of the Remuneration 
Committee.

Philip was appointed as non-executive 
Chair with effect from 1 May 2022.

He was previously appointed as an 
independent non-executive Director 

with effect from 3 March 2020. Philip has had a long career in investment 
banking and investment management. He is Chair of Schroder Japan Trust 
PLC and a fellow of Wolfson College, Oxford.

He is a former Managing Director and Senior Advisor of Credit Suisse First 
Boston where he ran the firm’s global Japanese cash equity business. He 
is also a former Director of Fidelity Japan Trust PLC, of Schroder Securities 
Limited and of Smith New Court PLC.

Graham Sheward

Group Chief Executive Officer

Graham was appointed as Group 
Chief Executive Officer and executive 
Director with effect from 10 May 2021. 
Graham is an experienced international 
financial services Director with more 
than 20 years’ experience developing 
successful international financial 
services businesses across a wide 

range of jurisdictions, including UK, Isle of Man, Jersey, Guernsey, 
Ireland, Mauritius, Singapore and South Africa. 

He has experience in managing and leading regulated multi-
jurisdictional banking, investment, fund & corporate administration, 
trust & fiduciary, and outsourcing businesses. Graham moved to 
the Isle of Man in 1999 with NatWest Offshore, and subsequently 
held various executive roles with Zurich Financial Services before 
becoming Managing Director of Close Brothers Group, Offshore 
Banking Division.  After spending 8 years in Mauritius holding a 
country corporate Director role for Barclays and then as MD of SGG 
Group (now IQ-EQ), he returned to the Isle of Man to take up the role 
of Managing Director of the Sancus Group local office.

Thomas Morfett

Group Chief Financial Officer

Tom was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer and executive Director with 
effect from 17 April 2023.

He is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales, a Fellow of the Institute and 
Faculty of Actuaries, and holds an MA 
in Mathematics from Oxford University.

Prior to joining the group, Tom was Financial Controller and Head 
of Actuarial for the Utmost Isle of Man group of companies, having 
previously held the same positions for the Quilter International group 
of companies. 

He has extensive experience within the Isle of Man life insurance 
sector including as Appointed Actuary for Canada Life’s Isle of Man 
companies, and roles at Zurich Isle of Man and Royal London Isle of 
Man. 

He trained as a Chartered Accountant with Deloitte.

30

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Christine Theodorovics

Independent Non-executive Director

Christine was appointed as a non-
executive Director with effect from 23 
January 2023.  Christine has more 
than 25 years’ experience in financial 
services, where she most recently 
joined the Baloise Group as the Chief 
Executive Officer of Baloise Luxembourg. 
Christine has a proven track record 

in management, business transformation, distribution, and strategic 
development across various senior positions in several countries.

Marc Polonsky

Non-executive Director

Marc was appointed as a non-executive 
Director on 26 September 2018, having 
previously served as an alternate 
Director to Dr Leonard Polonsky since 
26 September 2013. He is managing 
trustee of The Polonsky Foundation, 
a UK-registered charity supporting 
cultural heritage, the arts and humanities 

education. He is a Retired Partner from international law firm White & 
Case. 

Jose Ribeiro 

Senior Independent 
Non-executive Director

Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. Member of the Audit & 
Risk and Nominations Committees.

Jose was appointed as an independent 
non-executive Director with effect from 
2 December 2019. He has over 30 years 
of experience in the financial services 
industry globally having been a board member in several jurisdictions 
around the world. Jose is a certified EU actuary with an MBA degree. 
Jose is the Chair and independent non-executive Director of Starr 
Insurance Companies and Insurance Lead and guest lecturer at Imperial 
College.

Jose started his insurance career with American International Group 
(ALICO) in 1986 as a Life and Pensions actuary and spent the first 16 
years of his career working with subsidiaries of AIG and Munich Re, 
performing a variety of senior roles (including CEO, Chief Actuary, 
Pension Fund manager, Regional Director for Employee Benefits) in 
Europe, the US and Latin America.  Since 2002 Jose has had a variety 
of roles including CEO for Latin America and the Caribbean at Willis, 
Director for International Markets at Lloyd’s of London where he was 
responsible for overseeing the Lloyd’s trading platforms in China, Japan 
and Singapore, and Managing Director and Board Member for Asia-
Pacific at A.M. Best (Credit Rating Agency).  

David Peach

Independent Non-executive Director

Chairman of the Audit & Risk 
Committee. Member of Remuneration 
and Nominations Committees.

David was appointed as an independent 
non-executive Director with effect from 
31 December 2020.  David is a Fellow of 
the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales and a Fellow of 

the Association of Corporate Treasurers. He has a degree in Economics 
from the University of Warwick. He is a non-executive Director of 
IntegraLife International Ltd, IntegraLife UK Ltd and Manx Development 
Corporation Limited. 

After training as an accountant with KPMG, David has had more than 
25 years’ experience in financial services. He has held board level roles 
in insurance, banking, trust and fund management companies across a 
number of different jurisdictions.

31

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
Directors’ Report

Financial Statements

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report on 
the affairs of the Company and the Group together with the financial 
statements and the auditor’s report for the year ended 30 June 
2023. Where the context requires “the Group” means Hansard 
Global plc and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Hansard Global plc is the holding company of the Group and has a 
Premium Listing on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is 
a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of 
Man. 

Activities

The principal activity of the Company is to act as the holding 
company of the Hansard Group of companies. The activities of 
the principal operating subsidiaries include the transaction of life 
assurance business and related activities. 

Principal Operating Subsidiaries

The following companies are wholly owned subsidiaries of the 
Company and represent its principal operating subsidiaries at the 
balance sheet date and at the date of this report. All companies 
are incorporated in the Isle of Man with the exception of Hansard 
Europe and Hansard Worldwide. Hansard Europe is incorporated 
in the Republic of Ireland.  Hansard Europe was closed to new 
business with effect from 30 June 2013.  Hansard Worldwide is 
incorporated in The Bahamas.

Company 

Business

Hansard International  
Limited* 

Life Assurance

Hansard Europe Designated
Activity Company  

Life Assurance

Hansard Worldwide Limited   Life Assurance

Hansard Administration  
Services Limited** 

Administration services

Hansard Development  
Services Limited 

Marketing and development services

*  Hansard International Limited has two overseas branches in  
  Labuan and Japan.

**  Hansard Administration Services Limited has a branch in Ireland

Results and Dividends

The results of trading of the Group for the year under IFRS are set 
out in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on page 
80. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under 

IFRS. The financial statements of the parent company have been 
prepared under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK 
GAAP”), comprising Financial Reporting Standard 102. 

Additionally, certain information relating to Own Funds and Risk 
Based Capital is presented in the “Other Information” section of this 
report on pages 115 to 116. The Board believes that such information 
provides additional meaningful information on the financial position 
and performance of the Group in a particular financial year than that 
provided by IFRS reporting alone. 

Results under IFRS

Profit before tax for the year was £5.9m, compared with a profit for 
the prior year of £3.8m.

Dividends totalling £5.9m were paid during the year (2022: £6.1m).

Proposed Final Dividend

The Board has resolved to pay a final dividend of 2.65p per share 
on 16 November 2023, subject to approval at the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”), to shareholders on the register on 6 October 2023 
(with the ex-dividend date being 5 October 2023).  If approved, this 
would bring the total dividends in respect of the year ended 30 June 
2023 to 4.45p per share. (2022: 4.45p pershare).

In making this decision, the Board has carefully considered its 
current and future cash flows, the risks and potential impacts 
introduced by the on-going Russia-Ukraine conflict, global 
economic conditions, the outlook for future growth and profitability 
and the views of key stakeholders, including shareholders and 
regulators.  

Business Review and Future Developments

A full review of the Group’s activities during the year, recent events 
and future developments is contained in the Chair’s Statement on 
pages 2 and 3, the Chief Executive Officer’s Review on pages 4 to 7, 
and the Business and Financial Review on pages 12 to 19.

Risk Management and Internal Controls

Details of the Group’s risk management and internal control 
processes can be found on pages 20 to 22.  A summary of the 
principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 23 to 28.

Corporate Governance and 
Corporate Social Responsibility

The Corporate Governance Report on pages 38 to 45 provides full 
details on the efforts made by the Group in the areas of corporate 
governance and corporate social responsibility within the business.

32

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Audit and Risk Committee

The Audit and Risk Committee Report on pages 62 to 63 outline 
how the integrity of the financial reporting and audit process is 
overseen and the maintenance of sound internal controls and risk 
management systems.

Directors’ Remuneration

Details of Directors’ remuneration for the year can be found in the 
Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71.

Directors

Details of Board members at the date of this report, together with 
their biographical details, are set out on pages 30 to 31.  Except 
where otherwise noted, all Board members served throughout the 
financial year and to the date of this report.  Dr Leonard Polonsky 
maintains the honorary title of President to reflect his role having 
founded the Group in 1970.

In accordance with the Articles of Association all the Directors will 
retire at the AGM and, where applicable and eligible, shall seek 
election or re-election.

Share Capital

At 30 June 2023, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 
137,557,079 ordinary shares of 50 pence each.  As at 30 June 2023, 
the total voting rights of the Company were 137,557,079.  There 
have been no changes to the issued share capital and total voting 
rights during the period from 30 June 2023 until the date of this 
report. 

Further details of the issued share capital together with details of 
authorised share capital and movements during the year are  

included in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements. The 
Company has one class of share in issue, ordinary shares of 50 
pence each, all of which are fully paid.

Each ordinary share in issue carries equal rights including one 
vote per share on a poll at general meetings of the Company, 
subject to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Association and 
applicable laws. Votes may be exercised by shareholders attending 
or otherwise duly represented at general meetings. Deadlines for 
the exercise of voting rights by proxy on a poll at a general meeting 
are detailed in the notice of meeting and proxy cards issued in 
connection with the relevant meeting. There are no restrictions on 
voting rights or on the transfer of shares.

Substantial shareholdings

At 30 June 2023 the Company had been notified of the following 
holdings in its share capital.  

Name 

Shares (millions)  % holding

Dr L S Polonsky CBE * 

Aberforth Partners LLP 

The Polonsky Foundation 

Mr M A L Polonsky * 

Premier Miton Group plc 

*Including holdings of spouse

50.8 

20.0 

8.5 

7.8 

7.0 

36.9

14.6

6.2

5.7

5.1

There have been no other significant changes in these holdings 
between the balance sheet date and the date of this report. 

33

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report continued

Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) was established in February 2018 
for the purpose of providing share-based reward.  

During the year, net share awards totalling 526,785 shares were 
granted to Directors and Executive Management, with the awards 
vesting after 3 years, subject to the rules of the Deferred Bonus 
Plan.  545,000 shares were purchased and transferred into the EBT, 
to give a total of 557,000 held as at 30 June 2023. 

Share incentive schemes

Save As You Earn Programme

A Save As You Earn share save programme allows eligible 
employees to have the opportunity of acquiring an equity interest in 
the Company. The Save As You Earn programme was renewed for a 
further ten years at the 2017 AGM.  
At the balance sheet date 29,031 options remain outstanding (2022: 
78,779 options), details of which can be found in the Report of the 
Remuneration Committee.
Information About Securities Carrying Voting Rights
The following information is disclosed in accordance 
with DTR 7.2.6 of the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules:

 ■ the Company’s capital structure and voting rights are 

summarised on page 32 and 33.;

 ■ details of the Company’s substantial shareholders are set out on 

page 33.

 ■ an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Association and 

the giving of powers to issue or buy back the Company’s shares 
requires an appropriate resolution to be passed by shareholders. 
Proposals to grant powers to the Board to issue and buy back 
shares are set out in the notice of the AGM. 

 ■ the Company may alter its Articles of Association by special 

resolution at a general meeting of the Company; and

 ■ the appointment and replacement of Directors is governed 
by the Company’s Articles of Association. The Articles of 
Association provide that the Directors may be appointed by 
ordinary resolution of the shareholders or by the Board. The 
Company must have not less than two, and not more than 12 
Directors. Where Directors are appointed by the Board, they 
may only hold office until the next AGM of the Company where 
they will be eligible for election. Each Director must then retire 
from office at each AGM. The Company may remove a Director 
by ordinary resolution. 

34

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Powers of Directors

Subject to the Articles of Association, the Isle of Man Companies 
Acts 1931 to 2004 and related legislation and any directions given 
by resolution of shareholders, the business of the Company will be 
managed by the Board which may exercise all the powers of the 
Company. 

Directors’ Interests

Directors’ interests in shares in the Company and in options granted 
under the Save As You Earn programme are disclosed in the Report 
of the Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71 together with 
details of their contractual arrangements with the Group.  

Controlling Shareholder

Dr Leonard Polonsky is the controlling shareholder of the Group. To 
ensure compliance with independence provisions set out in Listing 
Rule 6.5.4 a summary of the most recent written and legally binding 
agreement, dated 22 September 2014, governing his relationship 
with the Group (the “Agreement”) is set out in the Report of the 
Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71. 

There were no significant transactions between the Group and Dr 
Polonsky during the year.

In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4 R (14), since entering into the 
Agreement, the Company has fully complied with the independence 
provisions included within this Agreement, and, so far as the Company 
is aware, the controlling shareholder and its associates have also 
complied with the independence and procurement provisions set out in 
Listing Rule 6.5.4 during the period under review. 

Company Secretary

The Company Secretary at 30 June 2023 was Hazel Stewart.

Forward-Looking Statements

The Chair’s statement, the Group Chief Executive Officer’s overview, 
the Business and Financial Review and other sections of this Annual 
Report and Accounts may contain forward-looking statements about 
the Group’s current plans, goals and expectations on future financial 
conditions, performance, results, strategy, and objectives. Statements 
containing the words: ‘believes’, ‘intends’, ‘expects’, ‘plans’, ‘seeks’, 
‘anticipates’ and other words of similar meaning are forward-looking. 
All forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty. This 
is because they relate to future events and circumstances that are 
beyond the Group’s control.

As a result, the Group’s future financial condition, performance and 
results may differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations 
set out in the forward-looking statements. The Company will not

 undertake any obligation to update any of the forward-looking 
statements in this Annual Report and Accounts.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)

The AGM of the Company will be held on 8 November 2023 at the 
Company’s registered office.

A copy of the notice of the AGM will be available on www.hansard.
com together with this Annual Report and Accounts to shareholders. 
As well as the business normally conducted at such a meeting, 
shareholders will be asked to:

 ■ elect or re-elect all Directors; and

 ■ Adopt new articles of association in order to modernise 
the Company’s constitution, provide greater flexibility to 
communicate with shareholders electronically and to clarify 
ambiguities. Full details of the changes will be provided in the 
notice.

The Directors consider that all the resolutions to be put to the AGM 
are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders as a 
whole and will be voting in favour of them. The Board undertakes 
to apply the Listing Rules in relation to the re-appointment of the 
independent non-executive Directors. This requires that re-election 
is by majority of votes cast by independent shareholders as well as 
by majority of all shareholders. 

The Company further confirms that, as required by the Listing 
Rules, it has an agreement in place with Dr Polonsky as the 
controlling shareholder and that the Company has complied with the 
requirements of the agreement throughout the year to 30 June 2023.

Copies of the Letters of Appointment for the non-executive 
Directors, will be available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during normal business hours and the AGM venue 
15 minutes prior to the AGM until the conclusion of the AGM. 

In accordance with the Group’s normal practice, the total number of 
proxy votes lodged at the meeting on each resolution (categorised 
as for; against; and votes withheld) will be made available both at 
the meeting and subsequently on the Company’s website.

Political Donations

The Group did not make any political donations during the year 
(2022: £nil). 

Adequacy of the Information 
Supplied to the Auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as each is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is 
unaware, and each Director has taken all steps that he ought to 

35

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report continued

have taken as a Director to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of 
that information.

 ■ The Group has and continues to the date of this report to have, 
a strong capital position with significant levels of liquidity and 
cash (as outlined in the Business and Financial Review). 

Auditor

The Company’s auditor, KPMG Audit LLC (“KPMG”), has indicated 
its willingness to continue in office. The Audit Committee has  
recommended that KPMG be reappointed as the Company’s 
auditor. Accordingly, a resolution to reappoint KPMG as auditor 
to the Company, and to authorise the Directors to determine its 
remuneration, will be proposed at the 2023 AGM. 

Going Concern

The Directors have at the date of approving the financial statements, 
a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to operate as a going concern for the 
foreseeable future, being a period of 12 months from the approval 
of the Annual Report and Accounts and have prepared the financial 
statements on that basis.

In making this statement, the Directors have considered the impact 
on the business of the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, and global 
economic conditions.  They have reviewed financial forecasts that 
include plausible downside scenarios such as reduced levels of 
new business and higher expenses arising from increased inflation.  
These show the Group continuing to generate profit over at least 
the required 12 months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements and that the Group has sufficient cash reserves to 
enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due.  

The Directors expect that the acquisition of new business will 
continue to be challenging in the current climate.  The impact of this 
however is not immediate to the Group’s profit and cash flows and 
therefore allows for longer term adjustments to operations and the 
cost base.  Long periods of lower new business or indeed lower 
AuA would be addressed by reducing the cost base and where 
necessary, the dividend paid.

The following factors are considered as supportive to the Group’s 
resilience to external market and economic challenges:

 ■ The Group’s business model focuses on long term savings 

products, a majority of which are regular premium paying 
products which continue to receive cash inflows regardless of 
the amount of new business sold.  

 ■ The Group earns approximately a third of its revenues from 

asset-based income which is not immediately dependent on 
sourcing new business.

 ■ New business channels are geographically dispersed and 

therefore less exposed to specific regional lock-downs and 
other regional factors.

 ■ The largest cash outflow associated with new business is 

commission expenditure which reduces directly in line with 
reduced sales.  

 ■ The Group places the majority of its shareholder assets into 

conservative, highly-liquid, highly rated bank deposits and 
money market funds.  These are typically not subject to price 
fluctuation and protect the Group’s assets against potential 
market volatility.  

 ■ The Group has no borrowings.

Post Balance Sheet Events

There have been no material post-balance sheet events, which 
would require disclosure in, or adjustment to, these consolidated 
financial statements.

Longer-Term Viability Statement 

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code and Listing Rule 9.8.6, the Directors have assessed the 
prospects of the Group over a five-year period and have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of 
assessment.  

The Group and its insurance subsidiaries are required to maintain at 
all times minimum regulatory solvency capital levels based on the 
size and nature of business written.  

The assessment of prospects is considered over a five-year 
period as this matches the period over which business plans are 
considered by the Board.  The Board also considers it a reasonable 
period in light of rapidly changing regulation, competitive landscape 
and technology advances and developments. 

The Group’s business plan and associated scenario modelling 
includes projections of the Group’s profit, capital, liquidity and 
solvency. Scenario and stress testing considers the Group’s 
capacity to absorb or respond to potential economic, contract 
holder activity or operational stresses. These include for example 
material investment market declines, interest rate movements, mass 
surrenders by contract-holders and operational losses.  Reverse 
stress tests are also considered to provide insight into the level of 
stress needed to breach regulatory solvency requirements.

The assessment also considered simultaneous multiple adverse 
impacts that could plausibly occur.  This included a 50% reduction 
to new business, a 25% reduction in AuA due to market declines 
and a 15% strengthening of sterling all arising at the same time.  
While these stresses produce lower levels of profit, cash and 
dividends, none of them produce an immediate risk to the viability of 
the business.  This allows therefore for compensatory management 
actions to be taken to secure longer-term viability through for 
example expense and dividend reductions.

36

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023In making its overall assessment, the Board has also considered the 
principal and emerging risks and associated mitigating strategies 
which it has identified and outlined on page 23 to 28.  The Directors 
confirm that they have undertaken a robust assessment of the 
principal and emerging risks facing the Group.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in 
Respect of the Report and the Financial 
Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year.  Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 and 
applicable law and have elected to prepare the Parent Company 
financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising Financial Reporting Standard 102 ‘The 
Financial Reporting Standard Applicable in the UK and Republic of 
Ireland’ (“FRS 102”).

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the 
Group’s profit or loss for that period.  In preparing each of the Group 
and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required 
to:

 ■ select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

2004. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have 
general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect 
fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible 
for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and 
Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those 
regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website.  
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility Statement of the Directors in 
Respect of the Annual Financial Report 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

 ■ the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and  

 ■ the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the issuer, 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

consistently; 

By Order of the Board

 ■ make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant 

and reliable; 

 ■ state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 and 
as regards the group financial statements, UK adopted 
International Accounting Standards.

 ■ assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as 

a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern; and

 ■ use the going concern basis of accounting unless they intend 

either to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent Company and to enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Acts 1931 to 

Hazel Stewart
Company Secretary
27 September 2023

37

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report

Compliance with Companies Acts

As an Isle of Man incorporated company, the Company’s primary 
obligation is to comply with the Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 
2004. The Board confirms that the Company is compliant with the 
relevant provisions of the Companies Acts.

Compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”)

The Board believes high standards of corporate governance are 
integral to the delivery of the Group strategy and so the Board 
maintains a strong commitment to achieving the highest standards 
of corporate governance. During the year under review, the 
Group applied the principles and provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”). A copy of the Code is available 
on the Financial Reporting Council website at www.frc.org.uk. 

Details on how we have applied the provisions and principles of the 
Code to our activities throughout the financial year and to the date of 
this report are set out in this Corporate Governance Report and in the 
following reports: the Directors’ Report on pages 32 to 37, the Report 
of the Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71, the Report of the 
Nominations Committee on pages 64 to 65 and/or in the Report of the 
Audit & Risk Committee on pages 62 to 63.

For the year ended 30 June 2023, the Board considers that it has 
complied in full with the provisions of the Code, other than in respect 
of provision 36 as further outlined in the Remuneration Report, and 
provision 11 following the resignation of Graeme Easton. During 
the recruitment process that led to the appointment of Christine 
Theodorovics, the Board did not comply with provision 11 as during 
that period, less than half of the board were independent non-
Executive Directors.

Stakeholders

Stakeholders are critical to the Company’s long-term, sustainable 
success. They are our shareholders, employees, regulators, 
distribution partners, service providers, and the communities in 
which we operate. This section explains why and how the Company 
interacts with these stakeholders, as well as the steps it takes to 
ensure that their interests are considered in the Board’s decision 
making.

As the Company is listed on the Main Market of the London Stock 
Exchange, it reports on its compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code on a comply or explain basis. Provision 5 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that the Company 
report on how the interests of its key stakeholders were considered 
in board discussions and decision-making, including those matters 
outlined in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 (the “UK 
Act”). While the Company is not domiciled in the United Kingdom, 
we have chosen to voluntarily report in accordance with Section 
172 of the UK Act in order to demonstrate our commitment to best 
practice governance and thorough application of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

The tables on the following pages show how the Company and 
its Board interact with its stakeholders. We recognise that these 
relationships are the foundation for the Company’s long-term 
viability, which benefits all parties. The Board recognises the 
significance of upholding a high standard of business conduct and 
stakeholder engagement, as well as having a positive impact on the 
environment in which we operate.

We actively engage with our key stakeholders in order to understand 
their perspectives and build effective relationships, and our 
engagement strategy for each stakeholder group is outlined 
in the tables on the following pages. Aside from stakeholder 
considerations, the Board recognises its responsibility to consider 
long-term impacts and the Company’s impact on and from wider 
society and the environment.

The Board monitors performance against strategy and appropriate 
decision-making by receiving regular updates, both in Board and 
Committee meetings and through regular Board reports from the 
CEO, CFO, Executive Committee members, and other senior 
managers, all of which enable it to make well-informed principal 
decisions for the Company’s and its various stakeholders’ long-
term success. We define principal decisions as those that are both 
material to the Group and significant to any of our key stakeholder 
groups. In making principal decisions, the Board has considered 
the outcome from its stakeholder engagement as well as the need 
to maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct and 
the need to act fairly between the members of the Company. The 
Board believes that the Group’s decision-making is balanced, and 
that Hansard’s policies and actions meet the Group’s obligations

Section 172:
Promoting the Success of the Company

The Directors recognise that their overarching duty, both individually 
and collectively, is to act in good faith and in a manner most likely 
to promote the success of the Company, as defined in Section 172 
of the UK Act, for the benefit of shareholders as a whole, taking into 
account, among other things:

The Likely Consequences of Any Decision in the Long Term 
The Board’s focus is on ensuring that the Company generates and 
preserves value over the long term for all its shareholders. The 
Board’s aim is to make sure that decisions are consistent with the 
strategic objectives of the Company and the long-term success of 
the Company.

The Interests of the Company’s Employees
The Board engages with employees via a variety of mechanisms and 
forums to ensure that people interests are considered.

The Need to Foster the Company’s Business Relationships with 
Suppliers, Customers, and Others
The Board considers customers, suppliers and others’ factoring in 
their needs, feedback, and concerns to make informed decisions 
that seek to benefit all parties.  This ensures a balanced and 
sustainable business relationship.

38

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023The Impact of the Company’s Operations on the Community 
and the Environment
The Board CSR strategy focuses on minimising the Group’s 
environmental impact, making a positive contribution to society and 
supporting our people to make a difference to the environment. 

The Board is equally interested in communications with private 
shareholders and the CFO oversees communication with these 
investors. All information reported to the regulatory information 
services is simultaneously published on the Company’s website, 
affording the widest possible access to Company announcements. 

The Desirability of the Company Maintaining a Reputation for 
High Standards of Business Conduct
The Company has four core values that are the foundation of the 
Company’s culture: Integrity, Respect, Quality and Innovation. These 
values ensure that the Company maintains a reputation for high 
standards in all areas of the business it conducts.

The Need to Act Fairly Between Shareholders of the Company
The Board actively engages with shareholders and considers their 
interests when setting the Company’s strategy.

Stakeholders

Shareholders
Our shareholders include institutional investors, retail investors, and 
management, among others.

Why We Engage
The Board recognises the importance of regularly engaging with 
shareholders in order to maintain a high level of transparency and 
accountability, to act fairly, and to inform the Company’s decision 
making and future strategy. The Board is accountable to the 
shareholders for creating and delivering value through effective 
business governance.  

How We Engage
The Group places considerable importance on developing its 
relationships with our shareholders and it aims to achieve this by 
way of the following regular communication activities:

 ■ regular dialogue with major institutional shareholders, both 

directly and through the Company’s advisors; 

 ■ Annual General Meetings; 

 ■ market announcements, corporate presentations and other 
Company information which are available on our website at 
www.hansard.com; and

 ■ the Annual Report and Accounts issued to all registered 

shareholders,

The Chair the CEO and Committee Chairs are available to meet or 
correspond with major shareholders to discuss any areas of concern 
not resolved through normal channels of investor communication.

There were no significant areas of concern raised during the 
2023 financial year. Arrangements can be made to meet with the 
Chairman or the Senior Independent Director through the CFO or 
Company Secretary.

The Board receives regular feedback on the views of shareholders 
on the Company from its executive management team after 
meetings with those shareholders, as well as from reports from 
the Company’s corporate brokers, the Chairman and the Senior 
Independent Director.

Employees

We recognise that to meet our Company goals, we need to retain, 
attract and develop our talent pool, by providing a supportive and 
safe workplace where our employees can develop and thrive.

Why We Engage
We understand the importance of engaging with our employees and 
recognise that the Company culture and our overall remuneration 
and benefits package can have significant effect on employees. 
Communication therefore continues to be a key part of our 
Culture programme. We want our employees to have a voice, feel 
appreciated for their contribution and to understand their roles 
within the Company. It’s important that our employees are made 
aware of key business updates and that they have the opportunity 
to provide feedback on what’s important to them. We work hard to 
meet our employees’ needs and to maintain strong relationships that 
foster a positive workplace culture.

How We Engage
We actively and regularly communicate with our employees via 
various mechanisms covering matters such as strategic updates, 
business performance and culture or any other matters which are 
relevant to employees. Our employees are also offered opportunities 
to provide feedback in different ways such as engagement and 
culture surveys and in team and individual settings. We provide 
regular training and development opportunities for our employees 
and make sure they receive regular feedback and recognition, 
supported via the performance management framework. We 
strive to provide a supportive and safe and comfortable working 
environment, as well as competitive wages and benefits. We 
encourage all of our employees to provide feedback to the Board 
and provide open channels of communication for them to do so.

39

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
Corporate Governance Report

Regulators

These are the governmental or regulatory bodies in charge of 
overseeing the Company’s operations and ensuring compliance 
with applicable laws and regulations. Each of our regulators is in 
charge of overseeing various aspects of the Company’s operations, 
including financial reporting and consumer protection.

Why We Engage
We work with our regulators to ensure that we are in compliance 
with all policies, laws, and regulations. Regular communication with 
our regulators assists us in identifying potential risks and obtaining 
guidance on how to mitigate them.  

How We Engage
The Company meets with its regulators proactively to address any 
concerns, and it establishes regular meetings to ensure that the 
Company is up to date on any proposed changes. We make every 
effort to respond to any queries or requests for information from our 
regulators in a timely manner.

Distribution Partners

Those who assist the Company in providing its products and 
services, both domestically and internationally, and who assist the 
Company in getting our products into the hands of our customers.

Why We Engage
We understand the importance of maintaining positive relationships 
with our distribution partners in order to ensure that our products 
reach customers on time and accurately represent our brand.

How We Engage
All our distribution partners receive regular training to ensure they 
are knowledgeable about all of the Company’s products.

Service Providers

Those upon whose services the Company rely in order to provide its 
products and services, both domestically and internationally. 

Why We Engage
To ensure that the services on which the Company places reliance 
are delivered to the Company’s required standards and timelines.  

How We Engage
We receive regular service attestations from providers and meet 
frequently to review the performance of services. 

Communities

The locations in which the Group maintains its operations, and in 
which our employees live.

Why We Engage
We appreciate that we have a responsibility to support our local 
communities.   

How We Engage
We encourage our employees to support local causes, either 
financially or by allowing them to spend time out of the office on 

community engagement, and we partner with local organisations 
directly where appropriate,  

Compliance with the Market Abuse Regulation

In order to ensure compliance with the Market Abuse Regulation 
(“MAR”), the Company maintains internal policies, procedures and 
controls in respect of market abuse, market manipulation and insider 
dealing.  A Share Dealing Code is in place which all employees must 
adhere to. The Company has complied with this Share Dealing Code 
and MAR throughout the period.

Role of the Board of Directors and  
its Principal Committees

The primary role of the Board is to provide leadership of the 
Company. The Company is directed and controlled both by its Board 
of Directors and through systems of delegation and escalation, in 
order to achieve its business objectives in accordance with high 
standards of transparency, probity and accountability.  

It achieves these goals by making decisions relating to a number 
of key areas for the business, by overseeing the activities of the 
executive management team, and by delegating certain matters for 
resolution through the principal Board Committees, namely the Audit 
& Risk Committee, the Executive Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nominations Committee.

The specific duties of the Board are clearly set out in a Board 
Procedures Manual that addresses a wide range of corporate 
governance issues and lists those items that are specifically 
reserved for decision by the Board.

The primary responsibilities of the Board include, but are not limited 
to:

 ■ formulation of medium and long-term direction and strategy for 

the Group;

 ■ establishment of capital structure and dividend policy;

 ■ ensuring the Group’s operations are well managed and proper 

succession plans are in place;

 ■ review of major transactions or initiatives proposed by 

management;

 ■ implementation of policy and procedures to support the 

governance framework of the Group;

 ■ regular review of the results and operations of the Group;

 ■ ensuring that proper accounting records are maintained, and 
adequate controls are in place to safeguard the assets of the 
Group from fraud and other significant risks.

 ■ regular evaluation of board performance;

 ■ oversight of the Group’s ERM framework; and

 ■ decisions regarding the Group’s policy on charitable and political 

donations.

The duties of the principal Board Committees are detailed in the 
relevant terms of reference, which are reviewed annually and are 
available on the Company’s website, www.hansard.com.

40

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Board Composition and Key Roles
At the date of this report the Board comprises the non-executive 
Chair, three independent non-executive Directors, one non-
executive Director, the Group Chief Executive Officer, and the Group 
Chief Financial Officer.

As required by the Articles of Association, all Board members will 
offer themselves for election or re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

The Board supports greater transparency regarding the election 
and re-election of independent non-executive Directors. In 
compliance with the Listing Rules, the Company operates a dual 
voting structure for any resolutions on the election and re-election 
of the independent non-executive Directors. The results from the 
AGM votes on any such resolutions, together with other information 
normally circulated following the conclusion of the meeting, will be 
disclosed through the Regulatory Information Services following 
the conclusion of the Meeting. In the event that the majority of 
independent shareholders are shown to have voted against these 
resolutions, a further vote will be called after 90 days.

Chair
Philip Kay was appointed the Company’s non-executive Chair with 
effect from 1 May 2022, succeeding Graeme Easton who remained 
on the Board as a non-executive Director. As required by the Code, 
Philip was considered independent upon appointment. He leads 
the Board within a solid governance framework, and he ensures 
that the Board provides effective leadership for the Group including 
strategy and direction. As part of the appointment process the time 
commitments required for this role were considered.   

Group Chief Executive Officer
Graham Sheward was appointed the Group Chief Executive Officer 
with effect from 10 May 2021. As Chief Executive Officer, he leads 
the senior executive team in the day-to-day running of the Group’s 
business, including execution of the Group’s business plans and 
objectives and communicating its decisions and recommendations 
to the Board.

The division of responsibilities between the Chair and the Chief 
Executive Officer is clearly defined and has been approved by the 
Board. The Chair has no day-to-day involvement in the management 
of the Group. The Chief Executive Officer has direct charge of the 
Group on a day-to-day basis and is accountable to the Board for the 
financial and operational performance of the Group.

Group Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Morfett was appointed the Chief Financial Officer with effect 
from 17 April 2023. As Chief Financial Officer, he is responsible for 
the Group’s Finance, Actuarial and Investments functions, and is as a 
key member of the Chief Executive Officer’s executive team.

Senior Independent Director

Jose Ribeiro is the Company’s Senior Independent Director. The 
Senior Independent Director provides a sounding board for the Chair 
and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors. He is also 
available to shareholders should they have any concerns that they 
are unable to resolve through other channels, or when such channels 
would be inappropriate. 

The responsibilities of the Chair, Group Chief Executive Officer and 
Senior Independent Director are available on the Company’s website, 
www.hansard.com.

Non-Executive Directors
Jose Ribeiro, David Peach and Christine Theodorovics are considered 
by the Board to be independent non-executive Directors in accordance 
with the Code definition.  Philip Kay, as non-executive Chair was 
considered independent on appointment.  Marc Polonsky, a non-
executive Director, is not considered to be independent for the purposes 
of the Code due to close family ties with Dr Leonard Polonsky and 
representing the Polonsky family shareholding.

The non-executive Directors fulfil a critical role to constructively 
challenge all recommendations presented to the Board for approval and 
to provide the benefit of their experience and expertise to manage risk 
within the Group and enhance delivery of the overall strategy.

Board Independence
The Board’s policy is to appoint and retain independent non-executive 
Directors who can apply their wider knowledge and experiences to 
their understanding of the Group. The process for appointing new 
Directors is conducted by the Nominations Committee.

It is the Board’s view that an independent non-executive Director also 
needs to be able to present an objective, rigorous and constructive 
challenge to management. To be effective, an independent non-
executive Director needs to acquire a sound understanding of the 
industry and the Company so as to be able to evaluate properly the 
information provided. 

Each independent non-executive Director serves for a fixed term not 
exceeding three years that may be renewed by mutual agreement and 
subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. Subject to the Board 
being satisfied with a Director’s performance, independence and 
commitment, an independent non-executive Director may have their 
terms renewed for up to nine years. Beyond that period, a Director 
would typically be considered to no longer be fully independent. 

A review of the arrangements affecting all non-executive Directors 
who served during the year covering the current term of appointment 
and review of their independence (where relevant) was undertaken by 
the Nominations Committee.  

The Committee was satisfied that based on their performance during 
their time on the Board, Jose Ribeiro, David Peach, and Christine 
Theodorovics (from 23 January 2023) remain independent.

Philip Kay, as Chair, was considered independent upon appointment. 

41

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report continued

Board Meeting Attendance

The Board meets regularly to determine the Company’s strategic 
direction, to review the Company’s operating and financial 
performance and to provide oversight that the Company is 
adequately resourced and effectively controlled. 

The Company requires Directors to devote sufficient time to the 
Company in order to perform their duties. If Directors are not able 
to attend a meeting, they have the opportunity to submit their 
comments in advance to the Chair or the Company Secretary. If 
necessary, they can follow up with the Chair of the meeting.

The attendance of the Directors at scheduled Board and Committee 
meetings of which they were a member held during the year (and 
the maximum number of meetings that each Director could have 
attended) were as follows: 

Board  Audit & Risk  Nominations  Remuneration

Number of meetings 

9 

5/5 
Graeme Easton * 
9/9 
Philip Kay   
9/9 
Jose Ribeiro 
9/9 
Marc Polonsky  
9/9 
David Peach 
9/9 
Graham Sheward 
Tim Davies** 
8/8 
Christine Theodorovics***  3/3 
1/1 
Thomas Morfett**** 

7 

3/3 
n/a 
7/7 
n/a 
7/7 
n/a 
n/a 
2/2 
n/a 

4  

1/1 
4/4 
4/4 
n/a 
4/4 
n/a 
n/a 
1/1 
n/a 

* 

Resigned with effect from 2 November 2022

**  Resigned as CFO with effect from 17th April 2023

***   Appointed with effect from 23rd January 2023

****  Appointed as CFO with effect from 17th April 2023

6

2/2
6/6
6/6
n/a
6/6
n/a
n/a
2/2
n/a

The Chair of the relevant Board or Committee invited other non-
executive Directors to attend meetings of which they were not a 
member whenever considered appropriate. The CEO and CFO have 
standing invitations to all meetings and Marc Polonsky attended or 
partially attended 6 Audit & Risk Meetings, 4 Nomination Committee 
Meetings and 4 Remuneration Committee meetings. 

Board Committees

The Board has established standing committees to oversee important 
issues of policy and maintain such oversight outside the main Board 
meetings. Each committee operates within defined terms of reference, 
which can be accessed on the Company’s website. The committee 
positions held by the Directors as at the date of this report are 
summarised below: 

 ■ Nominations Committee - Chair: Philip Kay. Members: David 
Peach, Jose Ribeiro and Graeme Easton (until 2nd November 
2022) and Christine Theodorovics (since 23 January 2023).

 ■ Remuneration Committee - Chair: Jose Ribeiro. Members: 

Graeme Easton (until 2nd November 2022), David Peach, Philip 
Kay and Christine Theodorovics (since 23 January 2023).

The Chairs of the relevant Board Committees are available to 
engage with shareholders on any significant matters related to their 
areas of responsibility.

Reports from the Audit & Risk, Nominations and Remuneration 
Committees are set out in this Annual Report and Accounts, 
together with a summary of their activities during the year. 

The Executive Committee is chaired by the Group Chief Executive 
Officer and currently meets fortnightly. The Executive Committee 
has responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Group, and 
other items as delegated from time-to-time by the Board. In addition 
to Graham Sheward and Thomas Morfett (replacing Tim Davies from 
17th April 2023), the Executive Committee is currently comprised 
of Ollie Byrne (Commercial Director), Karen Corran (Head of People 
and Culture), Angela McCraith (Chief Risk Officer), Ailish Sherlin 
(Chief Actuary), Hazel Stewart (Company Secretary), Keith Brown 
(Head of Sales) and John Whitehouse (Chief Operating Officer).

Board Processes

The agenda for each Board and Committee meeting is considered 
by the Chair or Committee Chair and the papers for each 
meeting are distributed by the Company Secretary to the Board 
or Committee members beforehand. As a standard agenda item 
during the scheduled Board meetings, the Chair and non-executive 
Directors meet without the executive Directors present. The Chair 
maintains regular contact with the Chief Executive Officer and with 
the non-executive Directors, outside of Board meetings or calls, in 
order to discuss specific issues.

Board Evaluation and Effectiveness

The effectiveness of the Board is vital to the success of the Group. 
The Company undertakes an evaluation each year in order to 
assess the performance of the Board, its Committees, the Directors 
and the Chair. The Board engaged Boston Limited to conduct a 
board evaluation in the year. The evaluation took the form of a 
questionnaire, where Directors were required to rate certain aspects 
of the Board’s and Committees’ performance. The questionnaire 
also gave Directors the opportunity to provide comments on areas 
of focus, which included the structure of the Board, effectiveness of 
the Board, and committee-specific questions. 

 ■ Audit & Risk Committee - Chair: David Peach. Members: Jose 

Ribeiro, Graeme Easton (until 2nd November 2022) and Christine 
Theodorovics (since 23 January 2023).

 ■ Executive Committee - Chair: Graham Sheward. Member: 

Thomas Morfett (from 17th April 2023) and Tim Davies (until 17th 
April 2023).

The responses to the evaluation of the Board and the Committees 
were collated and analysed by the Chair and the Senior Independent 
Director. The results indicated that the Board continues to work 
well and there were no significant concerns among the Directors 
about the Board’s effectiveness. Additional focus will be given to 
succession planning and initiatives such as diversity and ESG. 

42

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
As part of the Chair’s evaluation the independent non-executive 
Directors meet separately under the leadership of the Senior 
Independent Director who, in turn, engages in reviews with the 
Chair. 

Following these reviews, the Directors have concluded that the 
Board and its Committees operate effectively. Additionally, the Chair 
and the Senior Independent Director have concluded that each 
Director contributes effectively and demonstrates full commitment to 
his duties. 

Remuneration of Directors

The principles and details of Directors’ remuneration, as well as 
the composition and activities of the Remuneration Committee, are 
contained in the Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 
66 to 71.

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance cover with respect to the liabilities 
of Directors and Officers within the Group. In addition, qualifying 
third party indemnity arrangements are in force for the benefit of the 
Directors within the Group and were in force for the benefit of former 
Directors of the Group during the year under review.

Board Support

Directors are fully briefed in advance of Board and Committee 
meetings on all matters to be discussed. The Company Secretary is 
responsible for following Board procedures and advising the Board, 
through the Chair, on governance matters. All Directors have access 
to her advice and services.

The Board has adopted a procedure whereby Directors may, in the 
performance of their duties, seek independent professional advice at 
the Company’s expense if considered appropriate.

Directors of the life companies are required to complete several 
mandatory training sessions during each year, for example on 
Anti-Money Laundering responsibilities (provided by the Money 
Laundering Reporting Officer or an external supplier). Training and 
support is also provided on any other key topics that the Board feel 
appropriate in addition to their individual Continuing Professional 
Development requirements.

Risk Management and Internal Controls

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s systems of 
risk management and internal control, and for reviewing their 
effectiveness. The Board recognises that the governance risk 
management and internal control arrangements which constitute 
the ERM Framework are intended to reduce, although cannot 
eliminate, the range of possibilities which might cause detriment to 
the Group. Similarly, the ERM Framework cannot provide protection 
with certainty against any failure of the Group to meet its business 
objectives, or guard against material errors, losses, fraud, or 
breaches of laws and regulations. Taking all of these factors into 

account the ERM Framework is intended to provide reasonable, but 
not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or losses and 
/ or the breach of any laws or regulations.

The primary responsibility for developing and implementing internal 
control and risk management procedures covering all aspects of the 
business lies with the Executive Management Team. As part of the 
reporting processes from the ERM Framework, the Board regularly 
receives written reports covering all such aspects in addition to 
overseeing controls and risk management procedures via the Audit 
& Risk Committee.

Individual managers have primary responsibility for ensuring 
compliance with Group policies, principles, and compliance 
obligations within their respective span of control. This includes the 
identification, evaluation, monitoring, management, and reporting 
of risks within their areas of responsibility. The substance and form 
of risk management activities and the quality of their application 
are regularly reviewed by the Group Risk Forum and objectively 
analysed and evaluated by the Group’s Internal Audit function, with 
oversight by and reporting to the Audit & Risk Committee, which is 
ultimately responsible for reporting on the same to the Board.

Processes for identifying, evaluating, and managing the risks faced 
by the Group have been in place throughout the year under review 
and up to the date of this report. They are regularly reviewed by the 
Board, with the assistance of the Audit & Risk Committee. 

The Board, through the Audit & Risk Committee, has reviewed 
the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and internal 
control systems including financial, operational and compliance 
controls.  

The Board has further undertaken a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten 
its business model, future performance, solvency, or liquidity, in 
accordance with provision 28 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. Additional information on the principal risks and uncertainties 
faced by the Group, together with steps taken to manage them, can 
be found within the Principal Risk Report on pages 23 to 28.

Whistleblowing Arrangements

The Group has an established Whistleblowing Policy, which is 
accessible to all employees, with new starters introduced to the 
Policy and its objectives during induction training. The Policy is 
designed to ensure the principles of, responsibilities for, and the 
approach to effective management of whistleblowing are clearly 
explained and that staff feel empowered and supported to raise 
concerns, in confidence, where they have a reasonable belief of 
actual or potential wrongdoing. The Policy recognises that for some 
individuals raising a concern under the Group’s Whistleblowing 
arrangements may be a daunting or difficult experience and so 
provides for such concerns to be raised anonymously and/or 
outside the Management reporting line if preferable, providing for 
direct access to the Chief Risk Officer or the Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

43

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report continued

Financial Reporting Process

The Group maintains a process to assist the Board in understanding 
the risks to the Group failing to meet its objectives. This incorporates 
a system of planning and sensitivity analysis incorporating Board 
approval of forecast financial and other information. Operational 
management reports monthly to the Executive Committee and 
Group Risk Forum on a wide range of key performance indicators 
and other significant matters. The Board receives regular 
representations from the senior executives. Performance against 
targets is reported to the Board quarterly through a review of the 
Group’s and Company’s results based on accounting policies that 
are applied consistently throughout the Group. Draft management 
financial statements are prepared quarterly by the CFO. 

The members of the Audit & Risk Committee review the draft 
financial statements for the half year ending 31 December and 
for the full financial year and engage with the CFO to discuss and 
challenge the presentation and disclosures therein. Once the draft 
document is approved by the Audit & Risk Committee, it is reviewed 
by the Board before final approval at a Board meeting. 

Financial Reporting

The statement on the responsibilities of the Directors in relation to 
the preparation of the accounts and the Directors’ evaluation of the 
business as a going concern is contained in the Directors’ Report on 
pages 32 to 37.

The Directors as at the date of this report consider that the 
Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced 
and understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Culture
The Board believes that strong corporate governance underpinned 
by a sound culture is fundamental to the success of the Group. 
It has sought to create an empowering culture, which values 
innovation, quality, integrity and respect. The Board helps to ensure 
appropriate behaviours and culture are instilled throughout the 
Group, with the tone and expectations continuing to be set from the 
top. In its decision making, the Board aims to reinforce the Group’s 
values and reflect the culture it wishes to foster. 

Our Culture Programme is now well established, and we are 
confident that we are progressing a culture agenda which aligns and 
supports the delivery of our corporate objectives with areas that are 
important to our people. Feedback provided from a Companywide 
Employee Engagement survey, undertaken in March 2023, has 
informed what we focus on next.

As our culture story continues to evolve, 2023 will see the bringing 
together of work already well underway around Performance 
Management, Leadership, Learning & Innovation, CSR and 
Communication and amalgamating those workstreams under three 
core pillars of focus, those being: 

 ■ High Performance Culture

 ■ Learning Culture

 ■ Environment & Wellbeing

We will continue in our commitment to supporting development 
opportunities for our people, be that via learning events, professional 
qualifications, internal promotions and secondment opportunities. 

During the year, we introduced a framework for Succession and 
Talent planning, which enables us to provide specialised learning 
events and development opportunities to support our people to be 
ready for their next role at Hansard. Work will continue this year and 
beyond to support the Succession and Talent framework via the 
High Performance and Learning Culture focus areas. 

Our Wellbeing team continue to play a vital role in terms of providing 
support and initiatives to our people around three key areas, 
Mental, Physical and Financial Wellbeing. Our Employee Assistance 
Programme provides additional support to our people and their 
families and friends through various life events.  Through a range of 
Group schemes, which underpin the Mental, Physical and Financial 
pillars, we stand by our commitment to support the health and 
wellbeing of our people. 

We have a very active Sports and Social team who arrange a wide 
mix of activities and social events, bringing our people together 
outside of the workplace. This is a great way for our people to 
enhance current relationships and build new ones in a fun and 
interactive way. 

With representation from different business areas, our Culture 
Champions continue to be a conduit for employee feedback with 
the key aim of improving both our working environment and general 
working practices across the business. 

Our Culture Programme, along with the Culture Champions, 
Wellbeing and Sports and Social teams, are key components of 
employee engagement, all of which have links and visibility to the 
Board.
People and Gender Reporting
We recognise our people are key to our success in delivering the 
strategic objectives of the business.  Our core values of Innovation, 
Quality, Integrity and Respect were defined by our people and 
underpin our working environment and practices.  We believe all of 
our people can make a difference and we continually work to ensure 
that they are appropriately developed, engaged, rewarded and 
retained. The Culture Programme is designed to further enhance the 
employee experience.

The Group’s principal administrative operations are performed in the 
Isle of Man on behalf of the wider Group.  Management of Hansard 
Europe and certain support functions are located in the Republic of 
Ireland.  Employees of our Malaysian and Japanese branches are 
included in “Other” below. Regional Sales Managers and related 
market development resources are principally based in local markets 
to support IFAs and other intermediaries that introduce business to 
the Group. 

44

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023As at 30 June, the number of the Group’s employees (excluding 
non-executive Directors) by location was as follows: 

Location 

Isle of Man 
Republic of Ireland 
Other 

Number 

Number

2023 

2022

145 
20 
20 
185 

155
17
17
189

The gender profile of the Group at 30 June 2023 is split with a 
total of 94 male and 91 female employees (2022: 99 male and 90 
female).  Within the executive management team, there were 6 male 
executives and 4 female executives. Employees reporting directly 
to members of the executive management team comprised 18 
male employees and 23 female employees. As at 30 June 2023, the 
Board comprised 6 male Directors and 1 female Director.

Following Graeme Easton’s resignation from the Board during 
the financial year under review, a vigorous process to appoint a 
replacement was initiated. Dr Christine Theodorovics was identified 
because of her wealth of experience in the insurance industry with 
a number of senior positions in well established companies, further 
demonstrated by her most recent appointment as CEO of Baloise 
Luxembourg. Dr Theodorovics’ appointment as an Independent 
non-executive Director is the first step in the Company’s journey to 
compliance with the new requirements on diversity and inclusion.  

Whilst the gender profile across the Group is evenly balanced, 
with a number of senior executive positions being held by female 
employees, including Appointed Actuary, Chief Risk Officer, General 
Counsel and Company Secretary, and Head of People and Culture, 
the composition of the Board currently means that we do not 
comply with the Listing Rule requirements on diversity and inclusion. 
The current structure and size of our Board means that it has 
been difficult to create a material change. In addition to the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, Marc Polonsky sits 
as a non-independent Director in his capacity as the representative 
of the Company’s controlling shareholder. The Company must 
therefore have at least three independent non-executive Directors 
(excluding the Chairman, Philip Kay, who was considered 
independent upon appointment) as required by the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018. 

Consideration was given to increasing the size of the Board to 
enable greater diversity and inclusion but, since the Company 
is currently operating a tight control on expenditure pending the 
conclusion of two major projects, the Board did not consider it 
appropriate to do this during the current financial year. Nor did the 
Board consider it correct to refresh the Board at this time, given the 
imminent conclusion of these major projects and given too that all 
the independent non-executive Directors had been appointed to 
the Board only within the last four years. As and when vacancies 
on the Board do arise, however, candidates will be considered not 
only on merit but also on the basis of gender and minority ethnic 
background. 

In the meantime, the Board is excited to be developing the 
Company’s senior management talent pool to provide a suitable 
pipeline for future executive or Board appointments. Notably, Angela 
McCraith, Chief Risk Officer, was appointed to the board of the 
Company’s principal operating subsidiary, Hansard International 
Limited, in June 2023.

Corporate and Social Responsibility ‘CSR’
Hansard is committed to being a socially responsible employer and 
member of the corporate community in all jurisdictions in which we 
have offices.

During the year we formally reviewed our approach to CSR, 
culminating in a formal strategy document approved by the Board.  

Our CSR strategy is to create sustainable value for our stakeholders 
over the long term whilst making a positive impact on the world. As 
part of the review exercise a materiality assessment was undertaken 
with internal stakeholders to help to define the strategy over the 
coming years.  

The following areas of focus were identified as part of the materiality 
assessment:

 ■ Minimising our environmental impact 

 ■ Making a positive contribution to society; and

 ■ Supporting our people to make a difference to society and the 

environment

Initiatives that began during the year or were extended were: 

 ■ Online and electronic communications with stakeholders in 

order to reduce the use of paper, printing and distribution costs 

 ■ Utilising video conferencing to avoid unnecessary business 

travel

 ■ Challenging our travel requirements so that carbon emissions 

from flights are lower

 ■ Promotion of “bring your own water bottles” and use of water 

refill stations to top up

 ■ Recycling of electronic equipment, paper and milk cartons

 ■ Commitment to allowing our people volunteering days on 

company initiatives/ or individual initiatives aligning with the 
CSR strategy

 ■ Use of renewable energy suppliers where it is possible to do so

 ■ Availability of cycle to work / public transport incentive schemes

A “Green Team” has been established, via our Culture Programme, 
comprising of people from across the Group to embed the work 
that has already been started and to extend the work in the coming 
months and years. 

45

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023

Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

We have developed and expanded our climate-related financial 
disclosures for the Group, following our first disclosures in 2022. 
This section explains the actions which the Group is taking to 
incorporate climate-related risks and opportunities into its risk 
management, strategic planning and decision-making processes, 
and seeks to provide both investors and wider stakeholder groups 
with a clear understanding of the Group’s progress in identifying, 
understanding and disclosing its exposures to climate risks and in 
building strategic resilience to these exposures, whilst also seeking 
out climate-related opportunities in the mid to longer term. 

The Group recognises that its work to adopt and embed the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
recommendations is an iterative process of learning and refinement 
as we adapt and optimise our implementation plans and tackle 
the challenges inherent within our journey towards establishing, 
expanding and embedding our ESG ambitions and objectives.

46

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023governance structures, risk ownerships, risk and control self-
assessment principles, regulatory developments, third party 
service provisions and effective reporting.

 ■ Developing and updating relevant components in relation to the 

sustainability risk domain – including policies, procedures, risk 
indicators, management data and stress testing; and 

 ■ Initiatives addressing cultural alignment and structural resilience, 

which encompass core ESG considerations.

Our approach has been informed by the development of a model 
which can be actively used by the Group to promote consciousness 
of and accountability for our impact on society and the environment 
and developing a set of sustainability principles to inform our 
strategy and guide our actions.

Recognising Our Impact on Society 
and the Environment
 ■ We recognise that climate change is one of the most significant 
threats to humanity. The world is hitting a global warming point-
of-no-return and it is imperative that we act now for our people 
and the planet. We believe it is imperative that we do our bit to 
avoid the impact of climate change in the future. 

 ■ We recognise that our clients depend upon us to act for the 
long-term and so, we will provide them with options that 
embrace the future. Innovation and technology will play an 
important role in meeting their needs.

 ■ We recognise our people are our greatest strength and will 
play a crucial role in delivering more sustainable practices, 
propositions, and operations. 

 ■ We recognise that sustainability success will enhance the 

reputation of the organisation and help to attract new, and retain 
existing, stakeholders.

 ■ We recognise that our sustainability strategy will need to be 
dynamic to remain relevant and effective, and for Hansard to 
influence change and become an impactful business; and

 ■ We recognise that measurement and reporting of sustainability 
issues should change behaviour and result in meaningful 
outcomes. 

Introduction and TCFD Report Overview

Our TCFD Journey:

In addition to its obligations associated with TCFD a range of other 
important factors have contributed to the Group’s TCFD journey 
and continue to support progress towards our TCFD related goals 
and objectives. Importantly, the Isle of Man was designated as 
a UNESCO Biosphere during 2016, in recognition of its special 
environment, culture, heritage and economy and is the only 
Biosphere that encompasses an entire nation, which includes all 
the Island’s land and territorial sea. The Island is and always has 
been the home of the Hansard Group and as such, the Group 
is proactively committed to its role in supporting the Isle of Man 
Government’s initiatives associated with the sustainability of the 
Island’s future, with particular focus on the Treasury’s Sustainable 
Financing Framework, established during 2021. As a responsible 
island nation, the Isle of Man is particularly aware of the local and 
global impact of climate change and of the social and environmental 
imperative for action. The Island has committed to reaching carbon 
neutrality by 2050 and the fundamental changes required to make 
this happen.

It is against this backdrop that the Group has continued its work, 
throughout the 2023 Financial Year, to enhance and embed its 
approach to the management of climate related and broader 
ESG risks and expand upon the substantive detail supporting its 
disclosures, under the four pillars of the TCFD recommendations.   
The Group remains committed to further iterative enhancements and 
refinements in its TCFD disclosure and reporting arrangements, for 
the benefit of the Group’s investors and wider stakeholder cohorts, 
across short-, mid- and longer-term time horizons. Achieving 
maturity of both qualitative and quantitative metrics and broadening 
their scope from carbon-related to climate-sensitive exposures, risks 
and opportunities, remains a priority in the near-term. 

Our Approach

Climate-related risks and opportunities are an intrinsic element of 
the Group’s broader ESG Strategy.  ESG risks are defined, at the 
highest level, as those risks arising from a failure to anticipate and 
respond to emerging sustainability risks or successfully integrate 
ESG considerations and policy positions into strategy and business 
planning. Risk mitigations include:

 ■ Actively building sustainability considerations into strategy 
development and business planning processes through 
structured analysis, formal assessment mechanisms and cross-
functional collaboration.

 ■ Factoring emerging sustainability risk issues into key decision-
making and understanding the impacts for the tools and 
methodologies currently used to manage risk, including 

47

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

Relevant details of the Group’s work during the report period are 
organised under the four pillars of the TCFD disclosure framework, 
below. Areas prioritised for attention in terms of enhancing 
the quality and substantive nature of the Group’s disclosures, 
targeted at achieving full compliance with the framework, include 
disclosures relevant to the environmental impact of our assets 
under administration, iterative enhancement of the understanding 
of climate-related risks within our regularly assessed range of risks 
to the business and the resilience of our Group strategy to various 
climate-related scenarios. A summary of our disclosure report is 
presented at figure 1 below. 

Our Sustainability Principles
 ■ Our sustainability strategy is a plan to design, execute, and 

optimise our environmental and social responsibility initiatives.

 ■ Our sustainability strategy is based on the principles of 

sustainability, accountability, and transparency.

 ■ Our sustainability strategy is relevant to our business and aligns 

to our purpose and values.

 ■ Our sustainability strategy is being actively embedded into our 
overall corporate strategy and supported from the top (Board, 
CEO and Executive Committee) and across all levels of the 
organisation.

 ■ Our sustainability strategy will remain realistic and authentic – 

developed, measured, delivered, and reported in an honest way 
– avoiding ‘green washing’.

 ■ Our sustainability targets and objectives are an integral 

component of our ESG Strategy; and

 ■ Our sustainability strategy is consistent with our wider goal of 

supporting the well-being of our people. 

Figure 1: Summary Disclosure Report 

Disclosure Summary: (Key to report: 1 = fully coloured circle (full/green), 2= three quarters complete circle (near complete/yellow), 3 
= half coloured circle (partial/amber), 4 =empty circle (omitted/red)

Pillar

Description

TCFD Recommended 
Disclosure

2023 2022

Our Disclosure

Governance

Disclose the 
organisation’s 
governance around 
climate-related 
risks

Strategy

Disclose the actual 
and potential 
impacts of climate-
related risks and 
opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, 
strategy and 
financial planning, 
where such 
information is 
material

a. Describe the Board’s 

oversight of climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

b. Describe Management’s role 
in assessing and managing 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities

a. Describe the climate-related 
risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified 
over the short, medium and 
long-term.

b. Describe the impact of 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial-
planning.

c. Describe the resilience of 

the organisation’s strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2˚C or 
lower scenario.

48

Our TCFD Report provides an overview of our 
governance arrangements associated with our 
ESG strategy, which incorporates our governance 
of climate related risks and opportunities. We 
also describe how these arrangements support 
Board oversight and monitoring of progress 
against goals and targets as well as the roles and 
responsibilities of Management and how these 
are coordinated to ensure robust, coherent and 
coordinated action. 

Our TCFD Report describes our strategic 
intent in relation to climate-related risks and 
opportunities and the structure of ‘sustainability 
pillars’ supporting delivery of this intent. We set 
out the progress we have made in determining 
relevant time horizons, the main categories of 
risk exposure and the results of early scenario 
analysis. We also describe some of our important 
collaborations with local environmental agencies 
and sustainability initiatives.

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Pillar

Description

Risk 
Management

Disclose how 
the organisation 
identifies, assesses 
and manages 
climate-related 
risks 

Metrics and 
Targets

Disclose the 
metrics and targets 
used to assess 
and manage 
relevant climate-
related risks and 
opportunities where 
such information is 
material

TCFD Recommended 
Disclosure

a. Describe the organisation’s 
processes for identifying 
and assessing climate-
related risks.

b. Describe the organisation’s 
processes for managing 
climate-related risks.

c. Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing and 
managing climate-related 
risks are integrated into the 
organisation’s overall risk 
management.

a. Disclose the metrics used 
by the organisation to 
assess climate-related risks 
and opportunities in line 
with its strategy and risk 
management process.

b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 
and, if appropriate, Scope 3 
greenhouse gas emissions 
(GHG), and the related risks.

c. Describe the targets used 
by the organisation to 
manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
and performance against 
targets. 

2023 2022

Our Disclosure

Our TCFD Report explains how the protocols of 
our embedded ERM Framework have enabled 
climate-related risk identification, assessment and 
management processes to be integrated into our 
risk management activities. We also describe how 
ERM reporting conventions support our climate-
risk governance arrangements.

Our TCFD Reports sets out the most relevant 
and applicable data, in respect of emissions and 
energy for which we are responsible, measured in 
tCO2e.We also describe the results of progress in 
calculating and measuring Scope 3 emissions and 
our plans for future improvements in all target and 
metric data measurement and disclosure.

Pillar 1 - Governance 
The Board retains overall responsibility for the effective functioning 
of the Group’s governance, risk management and internal 
control arrangements associated with climate-related risks and 
opportunities and ESG strategy more broadly. This includes 
responsibility for determining, evaluating and controlling the nature 
and extent of these risks and opportunities, taking account of 
the varying levels of strategic, financial and operational stresses, 
potential risk scenarios and emerging as well as existing climate 
risk exposures over short, mid and long-term time horizons. These 
activities are governed by the protocols of the established ERM 
Framework, defined and described in more detail under ‘Pillar 
3 – Risk Management’, below, which include both top-down and 
bottom-up risk assessment bases. 

During the year ended 30 June 2023 the conventions of the ERM 
Framework have enabled the Board to continue to develop its 
oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities, via quarterly and 
annual risk reporting to the Group Audit and Risk Committee, which 
has included analysis and challenge of results from the formal cycle 
of relevant stress and scenario testing. The Board has also sought 
opportunities for iterative refinement of ESG strategy, described in 
more detail at Section 2, below and enhanced, effective integration 
of climate risks and opportunities into the Group’s structure and 
decision-making processes, with clear accountability and ownership 
for climate risk management allocated to members of the Executive 
Committee. This work is supported by the HG plc ‘Green Team’, 
which was established under the stewardship of the Group’s 
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Workstream, to drive 

49

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

corporate focus on the collation and analysis of climate and 
emissions data and initiatives, and ESG priorities more broadly, 
promoting measurable and achievable targets and metrics.   

ESG is included as a standing agenda item at each quarterly Board 
meeting with the specific aim of ensuring that progress towards 
strategic objectives and targets can be closely monitored. Board 
oversight also ensures that climate-related risk, opportunities and 
associated issues become an integral and embedded element of 
decision-making in respect of overall Group strategy, policies and 
actions. The annual Group Strategy Day during May 2023, which 
was attended by all members of the Board and the Executive 
Committee provided an important platform for objective review of 
the Group’s climate-related strategic goals. These were considered 
within the context of wider industry experience and stakeholder 
perspectives, having regard to the aggregate levels and types of risk 
the Board is prepared to accept within risk capacity, in pursuit of 
Figure 2: Group Governance Structures

strategic and business plan objectives. The governance structures 
which support the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks include 
the Executive Committee, the Group and subsidiary entity Audit 
and Risk Committees, the Group Risk Forum and the Investment 
Committees of both Hansard International Ltd (HIL) and Hansard 
Europe, Designated Activity Company (HE dac). The Investment 
Committees and the Group Risk Forum also consider ESG as a 
standing agenda item, ensuring that priorities and considerations 
remain aligned with those of the Board and there is a structured 
approach to the identification of climate related risks. Protocols 
are now in place to enable ESG-related decisions made by the 
Investment Committees to be communicated via the respective 
Boards to the Hansard Global Plc Board. A summary view of the 
Group’s governance structures supporting the Board’s oversight 
of climate-related risks and opportunities is presented at figure 2 
below.

Chief Executive 
Officer

Leads ExCo. 
deliveries and 
execution of 
ESG strategy                                                                                                                                         

Chief Risk 
Officer

Oversees the 
effective functioning 
of the Group ERM 
Framework

ExCo

The Group Executive 
Committee define  and 
facilitate climate-
related business 
plan objectives and 
outcomes consistent 
with the strategic 
direction and 
objectives set by 
the Board 

CSR Workstream

Drive corporate focus on 
the collation and analysis 
of ESG and climate/
emissions data and 
initiatives

Green Team

Specific focus on 
climate and emissions 
improvements an 
 support on climate- 
related initiatives

HG plc Board

The Group Board sets ESG strategy and retains responsibility for the 
effective  functioning of the associated governance and 
oversight arrangements 

Group Risk 
Forum

Ensure that priorities 
and considerations 
remain aligned with 
Board strategic 
direction and there 
is a structured 
approach to the 
identification, analysis 
and reporting of 
climate-related 
risks 

Group & Subsidiary Audit and Risk 
Committees 

Oversee and monitor progress in strategic 
deliveries and the integrity of reporting, giving 
necessary consideration and challenge of 
progress to plan and compliance with 
compliance obligations 

HIL Investment 
Committee

Driving and 
developing responsible 
investment policies 
 and practices, aligned 
with Board strategy

HE dac 
Investment 
Committee

Driving and developing 
responsible investment  
policies and practices, 
aligned with  Board 
strategy

During the financial year ended 30 June 2023 the Board has continued to delegate activities to the Executive Committee and to the Group’s 
CSR Workstream, with two members of the Executive Committee having specific accountability for oversight of the CSR workstream 
deliveries and progress reporting to the Executive Committee and Board, prior to each quarterly Board meeting. The ‘Green Team’ that was 
established under the CSR workstream to specifically focus on climate and emissions improvements, have continued to provide support on 
climate-related initiatives throughout the year, and have been instrumental in developing data collation initiatives to facilitate early reporting 
on Category 6 and 7 Scope 3 emissions data. An annual budget for CSR is reviewed and approved by the Board. 

50

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023                                                     
Pillar 2 - Strategy 
The Group’s strategic goals in terms of climate related risks and opportunities is to create long-term sustainable value for our stakeholders 
whilst making a positive impact on the world. The Group aims to deliver its strategic objectives in this regard and build a sustainable future 
through focus on three sustainability elements. 

51

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

52

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023time horizons, and the capital required to cover those risks, under 
both normal and stressed conditions. Internal and external risks are 
considered, together with emerging risks and any risks associated 
with the Group’s systems of governance, having regard to capital, 
performance, and strategic information, which ultimately provides 
the Board and Executive Team with substantiated bases relevant 
to decision making. Forward-looking business plan and solvency 
projections use a range of stress and scenario testing and analyses 
to evaluate the adequacy of the Group’s overall financial resources, 
including capital and liquidity resources. The stress and scenario 
tests are derived from analytical review of the Group’s risk universe, 
enabling distinguishable patterns of impact to be considered and 
allowing plausible risk scenarios to be approximated into impact 
types, with attention given to both single test and multi-factor 
scenarios.

During the year ended 30 June 2023 the Board have identified that 
climate risk factors affecting the Company can be grouped into two 
main categories of risk exposure: -

1.  Physical risks: arising from the physical consequences of 

climate change, deteriorating risks to natural capital and the 
interplay between biodiversity loss, pollution, natural resource 
consumption, climate change and socio-economic drivers. 
Increased damage and losses from physical phenomena 
associated both with climate trends - typically changing weather 
patterns and sea level rises - and physical events, including 
natural disasters and extreme weather events, also have the 
capacity to crystallise, with impacts across key stakeholder 
groups.

2.  Transition risks: arising from disruptions and shifts associated 
with the transition to a low-carbon economy, which may affect 
the value of assets, and consequently impact important revenue 
streams, or the costs of doing business. Transition risks may 
be motivated by changes in policyholder, or other stakeholder 
expectations, market dynamics, technological innovation, or 
reputational factors. Key examples of transition risks include 
policy changes and regulatory reforms which affect carbon-
intensive sectors. Policy and regulatory measures may also 
affect specific classes of financial assets relevant for available 
investments, whilst social movements and civil society activism 
– such as that aiming to motivate divestment from and cessation 
of underwriting to the fossil fuel sector – may pose a risk of 
reputational damage, if appropriate risk mitigation strategies 
(and communication actions) are not implemented appropriately

The Group’s strategic approach to the management and mitigation 
of ESG and climate-risks and opportunities are built in direct 
reference to its broader corporate strategy and business model. 
The Group’s products are unit-linked regular or single premium 
life assurance and investment contracts, which offer access to a 
wide range of investment assets. The contracts are flexible, secure, 
and held within wrappers, allowing life assurance cover, or other 
features, depending upon the needs of the client. The contract 
benefits are directly linked to the value of those assets that are 
selected by, or on behalf of, the client and held within the wrapper. 
The Group’s products do not include any contracts with financial 
options and/or guarantees regarding investment performance, which 
can require additional capital to be held. Levels of service and the 
delivery of fair client outcomes, the nature of the Group’s products, 
the functionality of Hansard On-line, and the ability of the contract 
holder to reposition assets within a contract are all designed to 
achieve retention of the contract holder relationship over the long-
term. 

The main sources of income for the Group continue to be the fees 
earned from the administration of insurance contracts. These fees 
are largely fixed in nature and amount. Approximately 30% of the 
Group’s revenues, under IFRS, are based upon the value of assets 
under administration. The new business generated in a particular 
year is expected to earn income for an average period of 14 years. 
Business is therefore long term in nature both from a contract holder 
perspective and with regards to the income that is generated, which 
supports business overheads, business investment, remuneration 
of the distribution network and payment of dividends, whilst 
contractual obligations can range from 5 years to over 25 years. 

All of these business model aspects are contributing factors to the 
Board’s determination of relevant short, medium, and long-term time 
horizons, respectively classified as 0-5 years, 6-10 years and >10 
years, which support analysis and assessment of climate-related 
risks and opportunities, together with broader ESG considerations. 
Within this context the Board has recognised climate change as 
presenting a potential source of high-impact, high-probability 
risk, requiring a strategic response which is value-driven in terms 
of improving resilience and demonstrating to clients, investors, 
regulators, and wider stakeholder groups that the risks and 
opportunities of climate change are understood. Effective mitigation 
of climate change related risks requires the iterative development 
of adaptation plans, which embrace forward-looking analysis 
and support strategic decision-making through consideration of 
relevant business planning, operations, underwriting and investment 
activities, in order to contribute to a sustainable transition to net-
zero targets. 

The Group’s risk management arrangements, described in more 
detail at ‘Pillar 3 – Risk Management’ below, operate on a cyclical 
basis to enable the Group Board and the Executive Management 
Team to properly assess and understand at a practical level the 
major sources of risk facing the Group, on short, mid, and long-term 

53

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

A summary of underlying analysis is presented below.

Figure 3: Climate Impact Analysis

Type

Climate Related Risks

Potential Financial Impacts

Policy and Legal

-  Short Term - Increased Pricing of GHG Emissions. 

-  Increased operational costs.

-  Medium Term - Restrictions on fuel types available.

-  Potential costs of transitioning to different fuels.

-  Medium Term - New reporting requirements associated with 

-  More staff required to cover new and existing reporting 

climate and ESG in general.

requirements.

-  Any Term - Potential legal action as a result of failing to 

-  Costs of both compliance and non-compliance. 

follow new regulatory requirements.

Technology

-  Short Term - Increase in sustainability-friendly energy options.

-  Medium term - Potential to invest in new products that end up 

-  Quick response and adoption results in ESG target progress 
could increase market confidence and therefore investment.

failing as uncertainty over future direction remains.

-  Sunk costs and unhappy clients, resulting in a fall in consumer 

-  Medium term - The opposing possibility that excellent 
opportunities arise and smart investments are made.

confidence and therefore new business and income.

-  Increased returns for both the company and its clients.

-  Long Term - Failure to invest in commodities or technologies 
that are climate disaster resilient results in non-profitable 
holdings.

-  Non-modernised investment portfolio would dissuade any 
potential new customers and by this point in time we would 
likely have made losses for too long to sustain the company.

Market

-  Short Term - Customer desire to shift portfolio towards 

-  Failure to provide clarity on ESG may cause customers to 

companies/investments with clear ESG direction.

withdraw their holdings and move elsewhere.

-  Medium Term - Increased costs of fossil fuels for everyday 

-  Customers have less money to invest resulting in less fees 

customer activities e.g. travel and heating.

generated by the company and thus falling profits.

-  Long Term - Certain markets become obsolete as scarcity 

increases and/or stringent regulations make investing in them 
ineligible.

-  Failure to adapt policyholder portfolio in line with changing 
market sentiment would result in reduced or non-existent 
returns on investments.

Reputation

-  Short - Medium Term - Shift in the wants and needs of 

company stakeholders.

-  Failure to keep important stakeholders happy, such as 
suppliers or regulators, may increase cost of operating.

-  Medium Term - Failure to show improvement and progress 

-  Share price begins to fall, with old investors getting out and 

towards ESG targets may result in lack of investor confidence.

new investors reluctant to get in.

-  Long Term - Completely fall behind market competitors as 

they approach their net zero targets with real progress while 
we fall wide of ours.

-  It is likely by this point that the importance granted to ESG by 
investors means that we would have completely fallen away 
as competition and may already have closed as a business.

-  All Terms - Increased risk and geographical coverage of 

-  Customers have less money to invest as they look to ensure 

extreme weather events such as flooding, cyclones/hurricanes 
and heat waves.

they have the financial means to cover any damage caused by 
extreme weather, resulting in decreased revenues for us.

Acute

-  Fear of destructive weather in particular parts of the world 
results in large migration from places that constitute a high 
proportion of our business i.e. Latin America.

-  Weather disasters result in extreme operational disruption, 
potentially resulting in an increase in operational costs.

Chronic

-  Medium - Long Term - Widescale environmental damage 

results in scarcity of multiple resources.

-  Long Term - Habitability of certain locations becomes 

unsustainable, resulting in loss of life or mass migration.

-  Permanent increases in cost of operating as scarcity increases 
price would result in heavily diminished profits and potentially 
make continuation of business unsustainable.

-  Failure to adapt to a worldwide shift in demographic could 
result in severe loss of business and likely company failure.

i

s
k
s
R
n
o
i
t
i
s
n
a
r
T

s
k
s
R

i

l

i

a
c
s
y
h
P

54

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
during the 2023 reporting period. These are intended to create a 
solid foundation for the shaping of our initiatives and the actions 
needed to mitigate the Group’s environmental impact through the 
gross reduction of Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions on a long-term, 
sustainable basis, recognising that their effectiveness and integrity 
are as significant as the pace of their achievement.  In the interim 
investment in carbon offset programs has been an important priority. 
The programs chosen, with the support and insights of the Green 
Team, include the Delta Blue Project in Pakistan, and the Sumatra 
Merang Project in Indonesia. These programs are providing a solid 
foundation as we wait to realise future initiatives and actions to 
mitigate the Group’s environmental impact and continue the journey 
towards successful delivery of our ESG strategic objectives.

During the year, Hansard collaborated with ‘Junior Achievement 
Isle of Man’, which works in partnership with the Island’s schools, 
to promote and encourage student take up of valuable skills 
that may not form part of the traditional curriculum. Students 
are also provided with important opportunities to learn about the 
environment and the importance of climate risk mitigation, as well as 
inspiring their entrepreneurial spirit and discussing the possibilities 
of creating their own businesses. Through this collaboration, 
members of Hansard’s Green Team provide assistance to Junior 
Achievement’s program through a range of volunteer work. Hansard 
is also a Corporate Partner of the Manx Wildlife Trust, enabling staff 
to participate in supporting and assisting the Trust in its work to 
enhance the Manx environment for local wildlife, educate Hansard 
colleagues and broader stakeholder groups on environmentally 
sustainable business practices and collaborate on Trust products 
that aim to benefit the wider community. The Green Team have also 
partnered with UNESCO Biosphere Isle of Man and are currently 
in the process of working through the relevant accreditations, via 
attending different workshops held throughout the year, to earn our 
official certification.

Near-term climate-related scenarios, which have reasonable 
plausibility over a five-year projection period, confirmed during the 
2023 reporting cycle, include: 

 ■ Events or trends impacting the Group’s strategic priorities 

and business plans associated with Japan, or another target 
jurisdiction of critical importance to distribution strategy 

 ■ The devaluation of, or the stranding of some asset classes, 
reputational damage through a failure to evidence climate 
risk as a strategic priority, or failure to position the Group as a 
sustainability leader.        

The Board have determined, via its ERM Framework arrangements 
for identifying, mitigating, and managing climate risks, that the 
crystallisation of physical and transition risks can be expected to 
manifest as a combination of expense, market, production, and 
policyholder behaviour stresses, with the capacity to concurrently 
impact both operational resilience and financial stability. 

Further maturity of data and analytics is expected to emerge during 
the 2024 financial year and provide more substantive understanding 
of the range and plausibility of subordinate risks and opportunities 
within the main exposure categories and their capacity to impact 
specific areas of the Group’s business, over short, medium and 
long-term time horizons. Consideration will then be given to how 
these issues could then have a material financial impact on the 
organisation and its stakeholders. This will include developing 
an analysis of climate-related issues that affect the geographical 
regions in which we generate most of our revenues – these being 
the Middle East and Latin America. The Group’s adaptation plans 
will target more geographically specific disclosures in future financial 
statements. 

To date climate-related issues have not presented a material impact 
to the Group’s financial performance or position.  Stress and 
scenario testing during the year ended 30 June 2023 confirmed that 
reasonably plausible climate-risk scenarios are unlikely to adversely 
impact the Group’s business, strategy or financial planning over a 
five-year business plan period and the transition to a low-carbon 
economy is not expected to generate critical impacts for our 
business model or financial performance.  However, the Group’s 
work in anticipation of and preparation for broader sustainability 
reporting, including non-climate related sustainability disclosures, 
is designed to strengthen analysis of reasonably foreseeable risks 
and impacts on a broader ESG spectrum and the resilience of the 
Group’s management and mitigation strategies through this lens, 
ensuring that both short - and long-term financial planning and 
strategic decision-making take account of the growing significance 
of climate and ESG risks and opportunities under five key risk 
dimensions, which include economic risks, environmental risks, 
geopolitical risks, societal risks and technological risks. 

Simultaneously the Group is continuing its work towards achieving 
the target reductions in gross GHG emissions, which have been 
established and approved by the Board via work undertaken 

55

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

Simultaneously the Board have recognised that there are clear strategic and commercial opportunities and benefits, both primary and 
secondary, associated with embracing a strategic response to climate-related and ESG issues, which pursues a strong commitment to 
climate mitigation: 

56

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Pillar 3 – Risk Management 

As with all businesses, the Group is exposed to risk in respect of 
its strategic and business plan objectives. The Board has overall 
responsibility for the Group’s system of risk management and 
internal control and for reviewing their effectiveness, supported 
by the governance structures and reporting arrangements of the 
ERM Framework. These have been adapted to assist with the 
identification and management of climate-related risks, enabling 
the Group to readily apply its well-established and embedded risk 
management conventions and processes to identify, understand 
and assess relevant ESG related risks and opportunities in a manner 
consistent with the approach for all other risks to which the Group 
is or may be exposed.  The ‘Schedule of Powers Reserved to the 
Board’ ensures that the Directors are responsible for determining, 
evaluating, and controlling the nature and extent of such risks and 
opportunities, including both quantifiable and non-quantifiable risks, 
and for assessing the effectiveness of the Group’s ERM Framework.  
An overview of the associated protocols is set out below. 

The overall scope of, responsibilities for, and approach to risk 
management, via which the Group’s risk management activities, 
processes and procedures are to be directed and controlled 
are set out within the ERM Policy, which governs the consistent 
identification, measurement, assessment, management, monitoring 
and reporting of all risks, including climate related and broader 
ESG risks. The Board recognises the need to ensure that the 
risk management system is effective and well-integrated into 
the Group’s structure and decision-making processes, with 
clear accountability and ownership for risk management. On this 
basis the Framework seeks to add value through embedding risk 
management and effective internal control systems as continuous 
and developing processes within strategy setting, programme level 
functions and day-to-day operating activities. The ERM Framework 
also acknowledges the significance of operating culture and values 
in relation to risk management and their impact on the overall 
effectiveness of the internal control framework. 

The Policy objectives and conventions of the ERM Framework, 
which are mature and well embedded, guide and govern the 
identification, assessment, management, monitoring and reporting 
of risks. These conventions are actively supporting the work to 
accommodate and integrate focus on and quantification of climate 
related risks and exposures at strategic, programme and operational 
level such that layers of core activity support each other. This 
includes identifying climate risk drivers and assessing the likelihood 
and impacts of such risks crystallising. 

Within this context and consistent with the Group’s ERM protocols 
climate risk management processes are undertaken on both a 
top-down and bottom-up basis. The top-down aspect involves 
the Board assessing, analysing, and evaluating what it believes to 
be the principal risks facing the Group.  The bottom-up approach 
involves the identification, review, and monitoring of current and 
forward-looking climate risks on a continuous basis at functional 

and divisional levels, with analysis and formal reporting to the 
quarterly Group Risk Forum, and onward analytical reporting to 
the Audit and Risk Committee.  The Audit and Risk Committee 
receives regular reporting from the Group’s Chief Risk Officer in 
relation to the outcome of periodic risk assessments undertaken by 
management in line with the governing principles and practices of 
the ERM Framework. 

The ‘Risk Universe’ captures the range of material inherent risks, 
which are identified as having the capacity to prevent or limit 
the achievement of business objectives, taking into account the 
recommendations of the Group Risk Forum, the Audit and Risk 
Committees and the Chief Risk Officer. The ‘Risk Universe’ supports 
the structure and functioning of both the ERM Framework and the 
Board Approved Risk Appetite Statement. Effective maintenance 
of the Risk Universe is dependent upon strategic and business 
objectives over appropriate time horizons being actively maintained.  

The Group’s material inherent risks are classified into five main risk 
categories and then grouped into categories of subordinate risk 
. Whilst there is some overlap within the subordinate categories 
this taxonomy of risks is considered to strengthen the monitoring 
of risk appetite as it is reflective of the nature of the risks to 
which the Group is or could be exposed in the pursuit of its 
business objectives and corporate strategies. Risk identification, 
measurement, monitoring, managing, and reporting under the 
Group’s ERM Framework are based on this taxonomy.

Risk Appetite is the aggregate level and types of risk the Board is 
prepared to accept, within risk capacity, before action is deemed 
necessary to reduce the risk. Risk appetite represents the balance 
between the potential benefits and rewards of commercial 
decision-making and innovation versus the threats that change, 
and development inevitably bring. Risk Capacity is the maximum 
level of risk at which the Group can operate, whilst remaining within 
constraints implied by capital, funding needs and the expectation of 
shareholders.  The Board has an agreed Risk Appetite Statement, 
structured according to the taxonomies described above, which is 
comprehensive and clear to all stakeholders. Where the Board sets 
its Risk Appetite at principal risk category level, such Risk Appetite 
is applicable to the aggregate of the sub-risks within the specific 
Risk Category. The Group’s Risk Appetite over the short, medium, 
and long-term time horizons is reviewed annually.

For some risks within the Group’s risk universe, such as strategic, 
reputational group and some aspects of climate risks, the holding 
of capital by itself is considered by the Board to be an inappropriate 
mitigating measure. The governance, risk management and internal 
control mechanisms, which constitute the ERM Programme, 
promote the capture and analysis of non-quantifiable risks with 
assessment against the respective risk appetite metrics approved by 
the Board.  This approach, driven by ERM protocols, ensures that all 
risks within the risk universe (quantifiable and non-quantifiable) are 
treated with equivalence and reporting on risks is not limited

57

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

to those which only support calculation of solvency requirements. 
This methodology allows the nature of the Group’s principal and 
subordinate risks, relative to strategic and business objectives 
to be considered via stress and scenario testing and movements 
in Hansard’s risk profile, relative to risk appetite, to be identified, 
managed, monitored and reported on a continuing basis. 

 To demonstrate whether the Group is being managed in 
accordance with the Board’s approved Risk Appetite, periodic risk 
appetite tolerance assessments are carried out and reported to 
the Audit and Risk Committees in accordance with requirements 
as set out in the Policy and the Boards’ approved Risk Appetite 
document. The Board has set specific risk tolerances for all 
categories of principal and subordinate risk based on its business 

plans and corporate strategy.  These are detailed in the approved 
Risk Appetite Statements (including tolerances and metrics). In line 
with the agreed policy framework risks are assessed according to 
the qualitative and quantitative metrics using data feeds from the 
relevant business areas. Formal quarterly reporting is submitted 
to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board confirming the 
Group’s risk profile experience during the reporting period including 
substantive detail on any changes in risk profile and any new or 
emerging risks.   

Further details on the Company’s overall ERM Policy can be found 
in the Risk Management and Internal Control section on page 20 to 
22 and in the Principal Risks section on page 23 to 28.

58

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Pillar 4 – Metrics and Targets  
An effective ESG strategy, which controls and reduces 
environmental impact and promotes sustainable business practices 
includes climate-related considerations, such as physical and 
transition risks, climate resilience and GHG targets, must be driven 
by a detailed understanding of the Group’s generated emissions 
and recognition of the value for all stakeholders in the use of 
clear, meaningful metrics to measure and manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities. The Group’s ESG metrics and targets are 
intended to evidence and demonstrate how the Group is working 
to achieve reductions in its energy use (measured in tCO2e), 
consequent emissions and environmental impacts and establish 
sustainable business practices. To calculate our emissions, we 
follow the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHGP) Corporate Standard. 
Under this Protocol we categorise emissions on the following basis: 

 ■ Scope 1: Direct emissions from gas, refrigerants, and owned 

vehicles.

 ■ Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the generation of acquired and 
consumed electricity, which are a consequence of our activities, 
but originate at sources owned or controlled by another 
organisation; and

Figure 4: 2023 Carbon Footprint Results

 ■ Scope 3: Value-chain emissions, having regard to both upstream 
activities – typically business travel, employee commuting and 
waste generation, and the downstream impacts of our business 
– typically linked to investments made or enabled by the Life 
Companies of the Group. 

Continuing the relationship from last year, we have again worked 
with the Environmental Sustainability Index (ESI) Monitor, utilising 
their online application FutureTracker, to upload and record our 
environmental footprint data, across Scopes 1, 2 and 3 and provide 
useful industry benchmarking. The subsequent 2023 Environmental 
Footprint Report is then used to inform our Metric and Target 
disclosures and enable refinement of our sustainability targets and 
associated policy objectives. Data for the financial year ended 
30 June 2023 is set out in figure 4 below, representing the most 
relevant and applicable data in respect of emissions for which 
Hansard is responsible via its energy use, measured in tCO2e. This 
does not currently include measurement of other GHG’s identified 
under GHGP or incorporate CO2 equivalence measurements.

Emissions from gas, refrigerants and owned vehicles

Description

2023 (tCO2e)

2022 (tCO2e)

Scope

1

- Fugitive

- Static Combustion

- Mobile Combustion

Gross Measurable Scope 1 Emissions

2

Electricity (purchased electricity factor - market based)

Gross Measurable Scope 2 Emissions

Category 6: Business Travel, excluding accommodation (700,766 km)

156.4

3

Category 7: Employee Commute (14,327 km)

Category 7: Teleworking (remote working)

Gross Measurable Scope 3 Emissions

Gross Total Company Emissions

Carbon Offset Credits (500 tCO2)

Net Measurable Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions

86.5

10.1

253.0

353.2

(378.6)

(25.4)

0.5

4.9

0.7

6.1

94.1

94.1

10.6

5.3

0.9

16.8

104.6

104.6

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

59

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEHansard Global plc Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures Report, 2023 continued

We have improved our disclosures for 2023 by calculating and 
disclosing our more readily measurable Scope 3 emissions, under 
GHGP Categorisations, including Business Travel (Category 
6) and Employee Commuting and Teleworking (Category 7) 
emissions. We are targeting continued improvements in the capture 
and measurement of all relevant and applicable upstream and 
downstream Scope 3 emissions during the 2024 financial year. In 
particular, following the implementation of a new fund management 
system, we are actively targeting the capture of accurate Scope 3 
weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) measurements for our 
Assets Under Administration (AuA). Through this work we will also 
be able to provide detailed information on the Category 15 metrics 
considered by the Life Companies of the Group when making 
decisions on funds that are made available to policyholders, and 
investments made by the Group. Emissions relating to hotel stays 
has been omitted from current Category 6 reporting, as we continue 
to compile complete and accurate data to enable us to capture, 
record and mitigate associated emissions. As such, 2023 metrics 
will not be considered a gross Scope 3 baseline, with baselines 
instead being applied to each activity as reliable data becomes more 
readily available and measurable. The Group’s 2023 reported Scope 
3 metrics are therefore considered the baselines for Category 6 
and 7 emissions respectively, subject to any adjustments that may 
be required once the accommodation element of business travel 
becomes more readily quantifiable.  

Our Scope 1 and 2 reporting includes data from our Isle of Man, 
Ireland, and Japan offices. The main drivers for our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions continues to be electricity and as such is a key imperative 
for reducing our carbon footprint. The Group is directly engaged 
with the landlord of our Isle of Man Head Office in order to switch 
our electricity supply to a Guaranteed Green Tariff, which is verified 
to be zero carbon electricity. In addition to our total emissions in 
tCO2e, we have calculated our emissions per employee to be 2.03 
tCO2e per full-time employee. For just scope 1 and 2, this was 0.58, 
well below a benchmark average.

For Scope 3, the primary contributor to our measured Carbon 
Footprint is business travel, at 62% of our total measurable Scope 
3 emissions, and 44% of the Group total emissions. The Group 
continues to explore ways in which international travel can be 
minimised, exploiting the value of advances in digital transformation 
solutions for engaging with clients, business partners remote 
working, which were gained during the pandemic. The development 
and implementation of a ‘carbon budget’ is also in progress for the 
2024 Financial Year.

As we continue work towards target reductions in our GHG 
emissions, the Board and Executive Committee considered and 
approved a recommendation, presented by the Group’s Green Team, 
at the 2023 Strategy Days, to make an investment of 500 tCO2e in 
carbon offset programs, to contribute to mitigation of the Group’s 
measured Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions for the 2023 Financial Year, 
ahead of reduction programmes taking full effect. As a result, the 
Group purchased 250 tCO2e verified carbon offset credits in both 

the Delta Blue project in Pakistan, and the Sumatra Merang project 
in Indonesia, to achieve net zero for measurable Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions as set out in the table above.

Our decision to purchase carbon offsets as a way of mitigating our 
net impact has led to the company determining revised strategic 
parameters for emission reductions gross of offset. These will 
be refined and formalised via the 2024 cycle of risk appetite 
metric calibrations, seeking absolute based targets, referenced to 
respective baselines, framed around the following ambitions: -

 ■ We will aim to reduce Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 50% 

gross of offsets by 2030, and by 100% by 2050.

 ■ We will aim to reduce Scope 3 emissions, excluding those 

relating to our AuA by 50%, gross of offsets by 2035 and fully 
gross zero by 2050.

 ■ We have not set an ambition at this stage for emissions relating 
to AuA. These investments are chosen by our clients or by 
their advisors. However, we will look for opportunities to assist 
clients and financial advisers in addressing climate-related 
data challenges relating to their investments. We will aim to 
define target reductions for our guided architecture AuA during 
our 2024 reporting period, recognising that this will involve 
establishing a substantive understanding of the emission 
measures for our existing investment portfolio to influence more 
environmentally considerate investment decision making. 

For clarity, Scopes 1 and 2 will use 2022 as the baseline, while our 
currently measured Scope 3 metrics will inform future reporting. 
Baselines for metrics we disclose in future editions will be set at the 
time.

The Group continues to investigate ways in which we can capture 
further data to be able to provide additional metrics in future, such 
as those relating to waste management, water usage, and any other 
areas that will help to manage our overall environmental impact.

There are no current material financial exposures arising out of 
our carbon emission levels in terms of specified regulatory caps 
or direct taxes. At present, our executive Directors’ remuneration 
packages are not tied to performance against ESG metrics. We also 
do not produce any internal carbon pricing, as we believe it to be 
not applicable to our current business model. 

Our Community

As a major employer on the Isle of Man, we recognise the 
importance of supporting our local community. We encourage our 
people in their efforts to support local causes, through charitable 
collections in the office, financial top-ups to funds raised by our 
people, and time out of work to support the community. Over the 
past year we have committed to this promise and supported efforts 
raising money for numerous local and international charitable 
causes. 

The Group continues to assist a wide range of local Isle of Man 
charities with our support. Through various employee initiatives we 
have supported numerous charities with one-off cash donations, 

60

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023event support and profile raising through our social media channels, 
including the Isle of Man Children’s Centre, Manx Heart Foundation, 
Victim Support Isle of Man, and many more. 

 ■ market announcements, corporate presentations and other 
Company information which are available on our website at 
www.hansard.com; and

Through supporting the above initiatives, we have donated just over 
£18,000 to charity initiatives across our 2023 financial year, which 
enabled additional fundraising to be generated through events, 
raffles and more.

Going forward, we will be supporting youth initiatives in the 
fields of technology and finance through partners such as Junior 
Achievement. 

We have also agreed to grant up to two days of our employees’ time 
per annum on a matching basis to support community engagement 
activities during working hours. 

Stakeholder Engagement and 
Board Decision Making
We recognise our obligations to adopt a responsible attitude 
towards our stakeholders in operating our business. As well as 
shareholders, key stakeholders include employees, contract holders, 
distribution partners, service providers and the communities in 
which we operate.  The Board seeks to understand the views of 
such stakeholders in making any key decisions in accordance 
with the Code.  The Board believes that the Group demonstrates 
a balanced approach in its decision making and that Hansard’s 
policies and actions fulfil the Group’s obligations.

 ■ the Annual Report and Accounts issued to all registered 

shareholders, either in hard copy or electronically for those that 
have elected to receive it in that form.

The CEO and Chair typically meet with the investor community, 
major shareholders, and analysts at various points throughout the 
year. 
In addition, the Chair of each Committee is available to meet or 
correspond with major shareholders to discuss any areas of concern 
not resolved through normal channels of investor communication. 
There were no significant areas of concern raised during the 2023 
financial year. Arrangements can be made to meet with the Chair 
through the CFO or Company Secretary. 
The Board is equally interested in communications with private 
shareholders and the CFO oversees communication with these 
investors. All information reported to the regulatory information 
services is simultaneously published on the Company’s website, 
affording the widest possible access to Company announcements. 
The Board receives regular feedback on the views of shareholders 
on the Company from its executive management team after 
meetings with those shareholders, as well as from reports from the 
Company’s corporate brokers, the Chair and the Senior Independent 
Director. 

The Board is accountable to the shareholders for creating and 
delivering value through the effective governance of the business. 
The Group places considerable importance on developing its 
relationships with our shareholders and it aims to achieve this by 
way of the following regular communication activities:

 ■ regular dialogue with major institutional shareholders, both 

directly and through the Company’s advisors.

By Order of the Board

Hazel Stewart, Company Secretary
27 September 2023

61

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
Report of the Audit & Risk Committee

Purpose and Terms of Reference

Meetings and Frequency

This report provides details of the role of the Group Audit & Risk 
Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year. The 
primary function of the Audit & Risk Committee is to assist the 
Board in fulfilling its responsibilities to protect the interests of 
shareholders with regard to the integrity of financial reporting, risk 
management and internal controls and overseeing the relationship 
with the external auditor. The role, responsibilities and work of the 
Committee can best be understood by reference to its written terms 
of reference. These are published on the Company’s website, 
www.hansard.com.

Key responsibilities include:

 ■ monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the 

Group, including its annual and interim reports and other formal 
announcements relating to its financial performance;

 ■ reviewing and reporting to the Board on significant financial 
reporting issues, accounting policies and judgements;

 ■ reviewing summary financial statements, significant financial 
returns to regulators and any other financial information 
contained in certain other documents;

 ■ recommending to the Board the appointment, re-appointment 
and removal of the external auditor and approving the terms of 
engagement and remuneration;

 ■ monitoring the independence of the external auditor and the 

provision of non-audit services;

 ■ monitoring the effectiveness and objectivity of the internal and 

external auditors;

 ■ reviewing the Group’s systems and controls for the prevention of 

bribery and procedures for detection of fraud;

 ■ reviewing the effectiveness of internal financial controls and risk 

management systems relating to financial reporting; and

 ■ reviewing annually the Group’s internal audit requirements and 

budget.

Composition and Structure

At the date of this report, the members of the Committee were the 
Group’s independent non-executive Directors being David Peach, 
Jose Ribeiro and Christine Theodorovics. David Peach is the Chair 
of the Committee. The Board is satisfied that during the year, and 
at the date of this report, at least one member of the Committee 
has competence in accounting and all members of the Committee 
have considerable recent and relevant financial experience and 
competence relevant to the sector in which the Company operates. 

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee. The 
Chair of the Committee reports to each subsequent meeting of the 
Board on the Committee’s work and the Board receives a copy of the 
minutes of each meeting of the Committee.

The Committee met on seven occasions during the financial year. 
The members’ attendance record is set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report.

During the year, the Chair invited the CFO, the other non-executive 
Directors, the Head of Internal Audit and KPMG Audit LLC (“KPMG”) 
(the external auditor) to attend all meetings of the Committee. 
Other members of senior management, including the Group Chief 
Executive Officer, the Group Chief Actuary and the Head of Group 
Risk and Compliance were also invited to attend as appropriate.

It is the Committee’s practice to meet separately, at least once a 
year, with both the Internal Audit function and with the engagement 
partner of the external auditor, without any members of management 
being present. In addition, outside the structure of formal meetings, 
David Peach has had separate meetings throughout the year directly 
with the external auditor and the Internal Audit function. David also 
meets and has regular contact with the Chief Executive Officer, the 
Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Actuary and the Chief Risk Officer.

In performing its duties, the Committee has access to the services 
of the Internal Audit Function, the Company Secretary and, if 
required, external professional advisers.

Subsidiary Company Audit & Risk Committees

Each of the Group’s life assurance subsidiaries has established an 
audit & risk committee that provides an oversight role for its own 
business. The chair of each of those committees is an independent 
non-executive Director of the relevant company. Each committee 
operated throughout the financial year and considered specifically 
the reporting of outsourced services and the valuation of contract 
holder liabilities, having regard to the opinion of the Chief Actuary. 

The minutes of the meetings of those committees are available to 
the Group Audit & Risk Committee which monitors in particular the 
adherence of the subsidiaries to regulatory requirements.  

Committee Activities During the Financial Year

1. Review of Accounting and Reporting

During the financial year the Committee:

 ■ agreed the annual audit plan with the external auditor, 

considered the auditor’s reports and monitored management 
actions in response to the issues raised;

 ■ reviewed the annual and half-yearly report and accounts, 
including the external auditor’s reports, and associated 
announcements;

 ■ reviewed the reports and projections of the head of actuarial 
function and considered any implications for disclosures;

 ■ monitored the submission of key regulatory returns;

62

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 ■ monitored compliance with the relevant parts of the UK 

Corporate Governance Code, the effectiveness of internal 
controls and reporting procedures for risk management 
processes. 

 ■ continued to monitor the application of the Group’s policy on 
whistleblowing, reporting where relevant to the Board; and

 ■ reviewed other Stock Exchange reporting prior to publication of 

each announcement.

Whilst reviewing the annual and half-yearly report and accounts, 
the Committee focussed on the following areas where significant 
financial judgements were required:

 ■ the accounting principles, policies, assumptions, and practices 

adopted.

 ■ judgements exercised in the production of the financial results 

including the valuation of certain financial investments, deferred 
origination costs and deferred income, and the appropriateness 
of key actuarial assumptions within financial and regulatory 
reporting.

 ■ the impact of the ongoing Russia/Ukraine conflict with respect 
to valuation and provisioning issues, longer term actuarial 
assumptions of contract holder behaviour and going concern 
disclosures.  

 ■ the status of known or potential litigation claims against the 

Group including accounting treatment in the financial statements 
and judgements made on whether to recognise a provision or 
contingent liability; and

 ■ the carrying amount of the investment in subsidiaries in the 

Parent Company including an assessment of whether any 
impairment should be recognised.

The Group has in place a policy to ensure the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor.  During the year, the Committee 
performed its annual review of the independence, effectiveness and 
objectivity of KPMG, assessing the audit firm, the audit partner and 
the audit teams. This is performed through written documentation 
provided by KPMG which is discussed and challenged where 
appropriate by the Committee.

The Committee was satisfied in regard to its compliance with the 
Code and other relevant legislation for the year ended 30 June 2023.  

Based on the Committee’s review and with input from Group 
management and Internal Audit, the Committee concluded that the 
audit service of KPMG was fit for purpose and provided a robust 
overall examination of the Group’s business and its associated 
financial reporting. 

The Committee monitored compliance with the Group policy for the 
provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. This policy 
aims to ensure that external auditor objectivity and independence is 
safeguarded and sets out the categories of non-audit services which 
the external auditor is allowed to provide to the Group. Financial 
limits for non-audit related advice and consultancy work by the 
external audit firm apply to each company in the Group with a limit 
of £25,000 per company per year. Non-audit assignments exceeding 
the agreed limits, either individually or cumulatively, must have the 
prior approval of the Group Audit & Risk Committee. During the year, 
the Committee approved audit related assurance services relating to 
Solvency II and the Isle of Man’s risk-based solvency regime.

Details of the amount paid to the external auditors during the year 
for audit and non-audit related services are set out in note 8 to the 
consolidated financial statements. 

4. Review of Internal Controls

To assist the Committee’s review of key judgements around the 
accounting for litigation-related contingent liabilities, expert input 
was received from its legal advisors.

The Committee has reported to the Board regarding the review of the 
Group’s risk management and internal control systems.  No material 
issues were noted.

2. Review of Internal Audit

The Head of Internal Audit reports to the Audit & Risk Committee on 
the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and 
internal control, the adequacy of those systems to manage business 
risk and to safeguard the Group’s assets and resources. The Internal 
Audit Department provides objective assurance on risks and controls 
to the Committee. 

The plans, the level of resources and the budget of the Internal 
Audit Department are reviewed at least annually by the Committee. 
During the financial year the Committee monitored and reviewed the 
effectiveness and independence of the Internal Audit Department, 
including consideration of the plan of assurance and consulting 
activities (including changes thereof) and results from completed 
audits and concluded that the Department was fit for purpose.

3. Review of External Audit

KPMG Audit LLC were re-appointed as auditors following 
shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM for the year ending 30 June 
2023.

The Committee took into account events during the year and to the 
date of signing of the Annual Report and Accounts, including internal 
reporting structures together with reporting from Internal Audit, 
external audit and the Chief Actuary. 

5. Review of Committee Performance

As part of the internal Board evaluation this year, the performance of 
the Audit & Risk Committee was reviewed. There were no areas of 
significant concern, and it was concluded that the Committee had 
effectively fulfilled its role. 

For the Board

David Peach
Chair of Audit & Risk Committee
27 September 2023

63

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEReport of the Nominations Committee

This report provides details of the role of the Nominations 
Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year.

Purpose and Terms of Reference

The role, responsibilities and work of the Committee can best be 
understood by reference to its written terms of reference. These are 
published on the Company’s website. A summary is set out below:

 ■ to regularly review the structure, size and composition required 
of the Board (including a review of the scope to further promote 
diversity of skills, social and ethnic background, nationality, 
experience, cognitive and personal strengths, knowledge, 
outlook, approach and gender) and the membership of its 
Committees and make recommendations to the Board with 
regard to any changes.

 ■ to give full consideration to succession planning processes 
for Directors and executive management positions and the 
opportunities available to the Company to further promote 
diversity and inclusion; and

 ■ to be responsible for identifying and nominating for the approval 
of the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when 
they arise.

The Committee keeps under review the balance of skills on the 
Board and the knowledge, experience, length of service and 
performance of the Directors. It also reviews their external interests 
with a view to identifying any actual, perceived or potential 
conflicts of interests, including the time available to commit to their 
duties to the Company. Prior to accepting any additional external 
appointments Directors are required to seek the Board’s approval. 

The Group ensures that each of its companies is compliant 
with relevant applicable legislation relating to health and safety, 
employment legislation including sex, race and other discrimination 
rules, in striving to be an equal opportunity employer. The Group’s 
recruitment process seeks to find candidates most suited for the 
job.

The Group respects the dignity of individuals and their beliefs and 
does not tolerate any sexual, racial, physical or any other form of 
harassment of employees nor tolerate any discrimination in the 
workplace.

Membership

At the date of this report, the members of the Committee were 
the independent non-executive Directors David Peach, Christine 
Theodorovics, Jose Ribeiro and the non-executive Group Chair, 
Philip Kay.  Philip Kay is Chair of the Committee.  

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee. The 
Chair of the Committee reports to each subsequent meeting of the 
Board on the Committee’s work and the Board receives a copy of 
the minutes of each meeting of the Committee.

Activities of the Committee During the Year

The Committee met on four occasions during the year. The members’ 
attendance record is set out in the Corporate Governance Report.  

During the year the Committee considered the following:

 ■ considered and accepted the resignation of Graeme Easton as 

Independent non-executive Director and Christine Theodorovics 
as successor. 

 ■ considered and accepted the resignation of Tim Davies as Chief 
Financial Officer and executive Director and Thomas Morfett as 
successor.

 ■ reviewed the structure, size and composition of the Board.

 ■ reviewed the skills, experience and knowledge of each Board 

member and of the Board as a whole.

 ■ reviewed the time commitment required from the Chair and non-

executive Directors to fulfil their roles; and

 ■ Considered and recommended subsidiary Board and Committee 

appointments for Angela McCraith, Norrie Little and Lee 
Worsfold.

Directors’ Appointments and Induction 

The Board has a formal procedure in respect of the appointment of 
new Directors, with the Nominations Committee leading the process 
and making recommendations to the Board. The Company has in 
place an induction programme for new Directors to provide them 
with a full, formal and tailored induction on joining the Board, which 
ensures that they attain sufficient knowledge of the Company to 
discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively. 

Diversity

The Committee and Board acknowledges the importance of 
diversity, including gender diversity, for the Company. The Board 
acknowledges the FCA Policy Statement on Diversity and Inclusion 
on company boards and executive management, which sets out 
targets as follows:

•  At least 40% of the board are women.

•  At least one of the following senior board positions is held 
by a woman - Chair, Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Senior 
Independent Director (SID) or Chief Financial Officer (CFO); and

•  At least one board member is from a minority ethnic 
background, defined by reference to the categories 
recommended by the Office for National Statistics, excluding 
those listed as coming from a White ethnic background.

64

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Number of board 
members

Percentage
of the board

Number of senior 
positions in the 
board (CEO, CFO, 
SID and Chair

Number in 
Executive 
management

Percentage 
of Executive 
management

4

0

3

1

6

4

10

60%

40%

100%

Men

Women

Not specified/prefer 
not to say

White British

White other 
(including minority-
white groups)

Mixed/Multiple 
Ethnic Groups

Asian/Asian British

Black/African/
Caribbean/ 
Black British

Other ethnic group, 
including Arab

Not specified/prefer 
not to say

6

1

4

2

1

85%

15%

57%

29%

14%

Review of Committee Performance

The Chair had regular meetings during the year with the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief Financial Officer and the non-executive 
Directors.  In addition, after each Board meeting, the Chair held informal sessions with the full Board (without management being present) 
and also with only the independent non-executive and non-executive Directors in attendance (without executive Directors being present). An 
evaluation of the performance of the Chair is performed by the non-executive Directors led by the Senior Independent Director.

Philip Kay
Chair of the Nominations Committee
27 September 2023

65

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCEReport of the Remuneration Committee

This report provides details of the role of the Committee and the 
work it has undertaken during the year.

Purpose and Terms of Reference

The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

 ■ determine and make recommendations to the Board on the 
overall remuneration policy and the remuneration packages 
of the executive Directors, the Company Secretary, and such 
other members of the executive management as it considers 
appropriate.

 ■ ensure that remuneration is designed to support strategy and 
promote the long-term sustainable success of the Group;

 ■ review the executive Directors’ service contracts; 

 ■ review the design and operation of share incentive schemes; 

and

 ■ oversee any changes in employee benefit structures throughout 

the Group.

As such the remuneration policy is designed to:

 ■ recognise the need to be competitive in an international market, 
though taking account of the local knowledge and packages in 
the UK and the Isle of Man;

discussed by the Committee and adopted or amended as it sees fit. 
The Head of People and Culture provides all necessary support to 
the Remuneration Committee in executing their duties.

At the request of the Committee, the Head of People and Culture 
engaged with Polymetrix Ltd to provide benchmarking data on 
remuneration. Polymetrix has no connection with the Company. 

The Committee also received advice from FIT Remuneration 
Consultants LLP (“FIT”) in the 2023 financial year. FIT were 
appointed to advise the Committee in 2022 following a competitive 
tender process. FIT has no other connection with the Company and 
the Committee is satisfied that the advice received from FIT in the 
2023 financial year was independent and objective.

During the year and to the date of this report, the Committee 
addressed issues concerning remuneration and incentive schemes 
implemented by the Group, in particular:

 ■ agreed the weighting of the corporate performance objectives 

for the bonus schemes for the year ended 30 June 2023 and 
assessed achievement of these;

 ■ agreed awards to be made under bonus schemes for the year 

ended 30 June 2023;

 ■ agreed executive Director bonuses for the year ended 30 June 

 ■ support key business strategies and create a strong, 

2023;

performance-orientated environment;

 ■ attract, motivate and retain talent; and

 ■ agreed the weighting of the corporate performance objectives 
for the bonus schemes for the year ending 30 June 2024;

 ■ be aligned to proper risk management consistent with risk 
tolerance set out by the Board as part of its strategy. 

 ■ reviewed Directors’ fees for the Company and subsidiary 

appointments for the year ending June 2024; 

The role, responsibilities and work of the Committee can best 
be understood by reference to its terms of reference. These are 
published on the Company’s website.

Membership

As at the date of this report, members of the Committee are the 
independent non-executive Directors David Peach, Jose Ribeiro and 
Christine Theodorovics and the non-executive Group Chair, Philip 
Kay. The Committee is chaired by Jose Ribeiro. 

 ■ reviewed incentive provision;

 ■ reviewed employee benefits;

 ■ approved that Tim Davies leaving due to retirement qualified as 
a good leaver under the rules of the Deferred Bonus plan;

 ■ approved remuneration for Thomas Morfett in line with his 

appointment as Chief Financial Officer;

 ■ reviewed and approved the Remuneration Policy.

Summary of Remuneration Policy

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee. The 
Chair of the Committee reports to each subsequent meeting of the 
Board on the Committee’s work and the Board receives a copy of 
the minutes of each meeting of the Committee.

As an Isle of Man registered company, the Company is not required 
to present a remuneration policy in the format required by the UK 
Companies Act. However, the following information is provided to 
summarise the remuneration policy.

Activities of the Committee During the Year

Policy on Salary of Executive Directors

During the year there were six meetings of the Committee. The 
members’ attendance record is set out in the Corporate Governance 
Report.

At the request of the Committee, Graham Sheward, the CEO, also 
attends meetings and makes recommendations to the Committee 
regarding changes to particular remuneration packages (excluding 
himself) or to policies generally. Such recommendations are 

It is the policy of the Committee to pay base salaries to the 
Executive Directors at broadly market rates (taking account of 
the Isle of Man location where relevant) compared with those 
of executives of companies of a similar size and international 
scope, whilst also taking into account the executives’ personal 
performance and the performance of the Group. In addition, reliance 
is placed on the People and Culture function to provide appropriate 
benchmarking data. 

66

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023The CEO’s salary was reviewed during 2023. After due care and 
consideration, the Committee determined that the salary was 
appropriate for the size and scope of the role, on the basis of the 
decision made on appointment to reflect a lower fixed base salary 
with a higher variable element and therefore was not increased 
following the review. The CFO’s salary was set upon his appointment 
in 2023.

Name

Salary as at 
30 June 2023

Salary as at 30 
June 2022

Increase

Graham Sheward (CEO)

£250,000

£250,000

Thomas Morfett (CFO)

£150,000

N/A

0%

N/A

Cash-Settled Bonus Scheme

The Committee approved the continuation of a bonus scheme for 
all employees. The terms of the scheme that became effective from 
1 July 2018 incorporate targets for both company and individual 
performance. Bonuses earned will be paid in the October following 
the end of the financial year.

Deferred Bonus Scheme

Our executive Directors participate in a bespoke version of the firm-
wide bonus scheme that is overseen by the Committee.Potential 
earnings under the bonus scheme for the executive Directors range 
from nil to 100% of salary for the CEO and from nil to 50% of salary 
for the CFO. 

50% of any bonus awarded is paid in cash and 50% in shares 
deferred for 3 years as governed by the shareholder-approved 
deferred bonus scheme.  

The deferred bonus scheme was approved at the AGM on 8 
November 2016 and has been the only long-term element of 
incentive pay operated by the Company.

Review of Incentive Provision in 2023

During the 2023 financial year, the Committee undertook a review 
of incentive provision for our executive Directors and other senior 
executives.  While consideration was given to introducing a forward-
looking share-based long-term incentive (beyond our existing 
deferred bonus plan) at market-normal levels for a company of 
Hansard’s scale and business-type, having considered the priorities 
of the business and our shareholders, the Committee determined 
that it is more practical and will be of greater benefit to shareholders 
to provide for enhanced annual bonus potential for 2024 for our 
executive Directors rather than establishing a new share plan.  This 
is intended to provide appropriate incentive opportunities and a 
retention mechanism for participants. 

Accordingly, for 2024, the maximum bonus potential available to our 
executive Directors will be enhanced by a further 40% of base salary 
to provide 140% of base salary as the maximum annual bonus for 
the CEO and 90% of base salary as the maximum annual bonus 

for the CFO (2023: 100% of base salary for CEO and 50% of base 
salary for the CFO).  The annual bonus plan remains overseen by the 
Committee and the Committee will ensure that the element within 
the 2023/24 annual bonus relating to this enhanced potential will be 
available only if demanding performance metrics (which may include 
financial, shareholder value and strategic non-financial measures) 
are achieved to the Committee’s satisfaction. Any amounts payable 
under the enhanced potential is payable in cash.

SAYE Share-Save Programme

No options over shares were exercised under the Scheme rules 
during the year (2022: nil).

At the date of this report, the following options remain outstanding 
under each tranche:

Scheme year 

2017 

2018 

2023 

2022

No. of 
options 

No. of 
options

- 

20,717

29,031 

58,062

29,031 

78,779

The scheme was renewed for a further 10 years at the AGM in 2017. 

Employee Benefit Trusts

An Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) was established in February 2018 
in order to provide certain discretionary share-based awards as part 
of an overall compensation and retention package. During the year 
545,000 shares were purchased and transferred into the EBT. As at 
30 June 2023 the EBT held 557,000 shares (2022: 12,000). 

Policy on Fees for Non-Executive Directors

It is our policy to set the fees for each non-executive Director so 
that they reflect the time commitment in preparing for and attending 
meetings, the responsibility and duties of the position and the 
contribution that is expected from them. Our policy is to pay a 
market rate which is set annually by the Board. 

President and Controlling Shareholder 

Dr Leonard Polonsky - Dr Leonard Polonsky was appointed 
President of the Group under a letter of appointment effective from 
22 September 2014.  This letter incorporates the requirements of the 
Listing Rules in relation to Dr Polonsky as controlling shareholder of 
the Group.  

A summary of the agreement, dated 22 September 2014, 
governing his relationship with the Group is available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office and will be made available 
to shareholders at the AGM. To maintain effective corporate 
governance, the agreement contains the following terms:

67

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Remuneration Committee continued

consecutive, in any 12-month period due to illness or injury and 30 
days annual leave in addition to public holidays.  Other than the right 
to receive a payment in lieu of notice upon termination, his service 
agreement dated 19 January 2023 does not provide for any benefits 
upon termination of employment.  The notice period (by either party) 
is six months. 

Thomas was appointed to the Board on 17 April 2023 It was agreed 
that Thomas would receive a conditional award over ordinary shares 
in the capital of Hansard Global plc subject to key terms being 
achieved. Shares granted (74,899) will vest on 17th October 2023.

Thomas is a member of the deferred bonus scheme which is based 
on corporate and individual performance, as set out on page 67.

Non-Executive Directors. The appointment of each non-executive 
Director has been confirmed by an individual letter of appointment 
which includes a one month notice provision. The non-executive 
Directors do not have service contracts or any benefits-in-kind 
arrangements and do not receive any performance-related 
remuneration.

Stakeholder Engagement

During the past year we have received feedback on remuneration 
from certain key shareholders through non-executive Board member 
engagement.  There is also an avenue for communication and 
feedback through our corporate broker relationships.

During the year we undertook an employee engagement survey to 
understand the key drivers of engagement for our people.  Results 
from the survey, which included feedback to defined and open 
questions, were then explored and debated further during employee 
feedback sessions where we encouraged open and honest debate. 
During these sessions, our approach to remuneration was discussed 
in more detail.  Feedback from those sessions was relayed to both 
the Executive Committee and the Board and has informed priorities 
for our action planning and Culture programme.

 ■ all transactions between Dr Polonsky and the Group are to be 
conducted at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms;

 ■ Dr Polonsky will take no actions which would prevent the 
Company from complying with its obligations under the 
Listing Rules or propose a resolution to circumvent the proper 
application of the Listing Rules;

 ■ Dr Polonsky will exercise his voting rights to ensure a requisite 
number of independent non-executive Directors are appointed 
to and retained by the Board; and

 ■ Dr Polonsky will consult with independent non-executive 

Directors where proposals have been made by the Board in 
relation to its composition.

There were no significant transactions between the Group and 
Dr Polonsky during the year under review, except as noted in the 
Director’s Report.

Summary of Directors’ Employment 
Terms and Conditions

In accordance with the Articles of Association all Directors are 
subject to annual re-election. All Directors subject to election/re-
election on 2 November 2022 were re-elected at the AGM held at 
that date. 

The key terms and benefits of the contractual arrangements 
between each Director and the Company are as follows:

Graham Sheward – Group Chief Executive Officer.
The Service Agreement in place sets out the contractual 
employment arrangements, the key terms being: Company 
contribution into personal pension arrangements; private health 
insurance for himself and his spouse and dependent children, 
permanent health insurance; life assurance; full-pay sick leave for a 
maximum of eight weeks of absence, whether or not consecutive, 
in any 12-month period due to illness or injury and 30 days annual 
leave in addition to public holidays.  Other than the right to receive 
a payment in lieu of notice upon termination, his service agreement 
dated 7th May 2021 does not provide for any benefits upon 
termination of employment.  The notice period (by either party) is 
twelve months.

Graham was appointed to the Board with effect from 10 May 2021.

Graham is a member of the deferred bonus scheme which is based 
on corporate and individual performance, as set out on page 67                                             

Thomas Morfett – Group Chief Financial Officer. The Service 
Agreement in place sets out the contractual employment 
arrangements, the key terms being: Company contribution into 
personal pension arrangements; private healthcare for himself and 
his spouse; permanent health insurance; life assurance; full-pay 
sick leave for a maximum of eight weeks of absence, whether or not 

68

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Directors’ Remuneration for Financial Year 2022 / 23

The following information, including the table below, includes audited information.

Name 

Executive Directors 
Graham Sheward (CEO) 
Tim Davies (CFO) 1,2 
Thomas Morfett (CFO) 3 
Non-Executive Directors 
Marc Polonsky 
Graeme Easton 4 
Jose Ribeiro 
Philip Kay 8  
David Peach 
Christine Theodorovics 5  
Total 

Salary 
and fees 
2023 
£ 

250,000 
158,970 
30,769 

50,000 
35,000 
55,000 
77,500 
80,000 
22,180 
759,419 

Pension 
2023 
£ 

25,000 
18,737 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
43,737 

Cash 
Bonus 
2023 
£ 

78,750 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
78,750 

Deferred
Bonus 6 
2023 
£ 

78,750 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
78,750 

Other7  
2023 
£ 

Aggregate 
2023  
£ 

Aggregate
2022
£

1,728 
23,234 
284 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
25,246 

434,228 
200,941 
31,053 

50,000 
35,000 
55,000 
77,500 
80,000 
22,180 
985,902 

426,736
225,236
-

50,000
87,500
55,000
52,500
80,000
-
976,972

1  Salary amounts are net of amounts elected to be transferred to pension.
2 
Tim Davies – retired on 17 April 2023  
Thomas Morfett – appointed 17th April 2023
3 
4  Graeme Easton – resigned 2nd November 2022 
5  Christine Theodorovics – appointed 23rd January 2023
6 
7 

The deferred bonus is awarded in shares and deferred for a period of 3 years prior to vesting.
“Other” includes healthcare benefits and, in respect of Tim Davies, final salary included payment relating to holidays accrued of £7,471 
and a share payment of £14,256.

8  Philip Kay – appointed Chair of Hansard Europe 28th December 2022

Annual Bonus for CEO for Financial Year 2022/23

For financial year 2022/23 the CEO’s performance was assessed using weighted corporate objectives (aggregating to 90%) and weighted 
personal objectives (aggregating to 10%). The corporate objectives set by the Board for the year to 30 June 2023 related to achievement of 
the Company’s principal strategic objectives; sales performance; expense management; risk and corporate culture. The personal objectives 
related to leadership and litigation management. 

The Committee conducted an assessment of the CEO’s performance against his objectives for 2022/23. They determined that the formulaic 
outcome of the assessment was 63% and that this outcome was justified. Accordingly the Committee agreed to apply a figure of 63% of 
base salary, 50% awarded in cash and 50% in shares deferred for 3 years under the deferred bonus scheme.

69

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Remuneration Committee continued

Executive Management Deferred Bonus Scheme Awards 

In addition to the Executive Directors, the remaining members of the Executive Committee also participate in the deferred bonus scheme.  
This scheme resulted in the award of £102,000 worth of shares which are deferred for a period of 3 years. 

Directors’ Interests in Share Capital

The following information, presented in the table below, includes audited information.

There are currently no requirements for any Director to have a shareholding in the Company.  The Company also does not have a policy for 
post-employment shareholding requirements.  

The Polonsky Foundation (a UK Registered Charity of which Dr Polonsky and Marc Polonsky are among the trustees) has a beneficial 
interest in 8,547,708 shares in the Company’s share capital, or 6.2% (2022: 6.2%). 

The table set out below shows the beneficial interests of other Directors and their spouses in the Company’s share capital, at 30 June 2023 
and at 30 June 2022.

Number of shares 

Executive Director 

Graham Sheward 

Tim Davies  

Thomas Morfett  

Non-executive Directors 

Graeme Easton  

Philip Kay 

Jose Ribeiro 

Marc Polonsky 1 

David Peach 

Christine Theodorovics  

1  Direct holdings include shares held by spouse. 

Direct 

Indirect 

Total 2023 

Direct 

Indirect 

Total 2022

17,000 

104,850 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7,800,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

17,000 

17,000 

104,850 

104,850 

– 

– 

– –

– –

– 

– 

 –

 –

17000

104,850

–

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

 –

 –

7,800,000 

7,800,000 

– 

7,800,000

– –

– –

 –

 –

 –

 –

There have been no other significant changes in these holdings between the balance sheet date and the date of this report.

The Committee will continue to consider whether it may be appropriate to introduce guidelines for executive Directors’ shareholdings in 
the future and in particular will do so in connection with the introduction of any new long-term incentive plan operating over the Company’s 
shares.  This will include consideration of a policy for post-employment shareholding requirements..

70

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Salaries and Fees for the Financial Year Ending 30 June 2024

The following table sets out the salary and fee levels approved by the Remuneration Committee for the year ending 30 June 2024 for each 
Director, as agreed by the Board.  There have been no changes in relation to non-salary benefits applicable to any Director.

Name 

Executive Directors 
Graham Sheward (CEO) 
Tom Morfett (CFO) 

Non-executive Directors 
Marc Polonsky 
Jose Ribeiro 1  
Philip Kay 2  
David Peach 3  
Christine Theodorovics  

Total 

Salary and
fees 2024
£

250,000
150,000

50,000
55,000
90,000
80,000 
50,000

725,000

1  The amount for Jose Ribeiro includes additional fees in relation to his position as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

2  The amount for Philip Kay includes additional fees in relation to his position as Chair of the Board and Chair of Hansard Europe dac. 

3  The amount for David Peach includes additional fees in relation to his position as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and Directorship (and Chair of the 

Audit Committee) of Hansard Europe dac.  He is also a Director of Hansard Administration Services Limited.

Bonus and incentive arrangements for 2024 for Graham Sheward and Thomas Morfett are outlined in the Review of Incentive Provision 2023 
earlier in this report.

Compliance With Code

As mentioned above, the Company has not fully complied with provision 36 of the Code in the following respect:

 ■ The Company does not currently have a policy for post-employment shareholding requirements. 

For the Board

Jose Ribeiro
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
27 September 2023

71

 Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors Report
Requirements of the Listing Rules
Second line continued

Requirements of Rule 9.8.4R of the Listing Rules

The following table provides references to where the information required by Listing Rule 9.8.4R is disclosed.

Listing Rule Requirement

Location in Annual Report

A statement of the amount of interest capitalised during the period under 
review and details of any related tax relief. 

Information required in relation to the publication of unaudited financial 
information. 

Not applicable

Not applicable

Details of any long-term incentive schemes. 

Report of the Remuneration Committee, pages 66 to 71

Details of any arrangements under which a Director has waived emoluments, 
or agreed to waive any future emoluments, from the company. 

Report of the Remuneration Committee, pages 66 to 71

Details of any non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash. 

No such share allotments

Details of any non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by any unlisted major 
subsidiary undertaking. 

Not applicable

Details of any contract of significance in which a Director is or was materially 
interested. 

Not applicable 

Details of any contract of significance between the company (or one of its 
subsidiaries) and a controlling shareholder. 

Directors’ Report, pages 32 to 37 

Details of waiver of dividends by a shareholder. 

Not applicable 

Board statement in respect of relationship agreement with the controlling 
shareholder. 

Report of the Remuneration Committee, pages 66 to 71

72

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Hansard Global plc

Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Hansard Global plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, the ‘Group’) which comprise 
the consolidated balance sheet and parent company balance sheet as at 30 June 2023, the consolidated statements of comprehensive 
income, changes in equity and cash flows and parent company statements of changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, 
and related notes, comprising significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
In our opinion,

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 30 June 
2023, and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK- Adopted International Accounting Standards;

the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards including FRS 102 The 
Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland; and

• 

the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
are described below. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the Company and Group in accordance 
with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as required by the Crown Dependencies’ Audit Rules and Guidance. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

Key audit matters: our assessment of the risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.  In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of significance for 
the financial statements were as follows:

Revenue recognition £45.7m (2022: £48.8m)
Risk vs 2022: same 
Refer to the Audit & Risk Committee Report on page 62, note 5 accounting policy and note 18 disclosures.

The risk: Calculation error and subjective estimate

The Group charges fees to investment contract holders for contract administration services, investment management services, payment of benefits 
and other services related to the administration of investment contracts. Determination of revenue earned can be complex where the fee calculation 
includes judgement in the determination of the life of the contract and actuarial funding factors to apply in amortisation of the deferred revenue.

There is a risk that the assumptions and judgements made in the determination of revenue may not be appropriate due to fraud or error.

Additionally, as certain fee income is determined based on the valuation of investments during the year, there is a risk that revenue may not be 
calculated accurately.

Our response
Our audit procedures included:
Control design and operation
•  Assessing the design and implementation of the fee income and investments valuations processes and internal controls.
•  Testing operating effectiveness of internal controls over fee income and valuations of investments throughout the year which feed into the 

calculation of fee income.

•  Testing automated controls and performing a test of one transaction for revenue streams which are automated.
Use of independent specialists
•  Utilising KPMG’s internal actuarial specialists to assess the methodology used where there is subjectivity in the selection, and benchmarking the 
amortisation period and actuarial funding factors used in unwinding deferred income using our own expectations based on our knowledge of 
the entity and experience of the industry in which it operates.

•  Utilising KPMG’s internal Data & Analytics specialists to independently recalculate fee income streams.
Testing accuracy of data
•  For a randomly chosen selection, agreeing the premium information to contracts signed by policyholders and bank statements.
•  Agreeing a randomly chosen selection of fee rates to contracts signed by policyholders.
•  Agreeing a randomly chosen selection of investments values being used in the fee income calculation to the investments system. We tested 

general IT controls around the invemetment holdings and valuation system.

•  Assessing the accuracy of the funding factors by agreeing a randomly chosen selection of contract maturities to the policy documents and 

comparing the expected funding factors to the funding factor used in the amortisation of deferred income.

Assessing transparency
•  Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of revenue recognition in the financial statements for compliance with UK-Adopted 

International Accounting Standards.

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

73

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Hansard Global plc continued

Litigation and claims liabilities and contingent liabilities disclosure
Provision: £0.1m (2022: £0.2m)
Risk vs 2022: same 
Contingent liabilities: £22.4m (2022: £21.2m)
Refer to the Audit  Committee Report on page 62, note 20 provision and note 26.1 accounting policy and disclosure.

The risk: Dispute outcomes and omitted exposures

The Group is subject to a number of legal claims from policyholders in relation to the performance of assets linked to investment contracts 
and other asset related issues. Management evaluates each legal claim, taking into consideration the assessment and advice of external 
legal counsel. As at 30 June 2023, the Group had been served with cumulative writs with a net exposure totaling £22.4m (2022: £21.2m) and 
the judgement made by management as to whether the Group is more likely than not to be successful in contesting these claims is highly 
subjective.

It is the Group’s position that all such legal claims will be contested. This is on the basis that the Group does not provide investment advice 
and that any investment advice received by the policyholder would have been provided by a professional intermediary appointed by the 
policyholder. 

The amounts involved are potentially significant, and the application of accounting standards to determine the amount, if any, to be 
provided as a liability, is inherently subjective. 

There is a risk that the litigations provisions and disclosure for potential financial losses to the business may not be complete.

There is also a risk that judgements made by management in assessing whether to recognise a provision or disclose a contingent liability 
may not be appropriate.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk assessment, we determined that the litigation liability and disclosed contingent liability 
has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality for the Group 
financial statements as a whole.

Our response
Our audit procedures included:
Control design and operation
•  Testing the design and implementation of internal controls over the litigations process.
Enquiry of lawyers 
•  On all significant legal cases, assessment of correspondence with the Group’s respective external counsel and obtaining formal 

independent confirmations from the counsel.

Testing completeness and accuracy of data
•  Obtaining litigation schedules and legal logs for re-calculating and agreeing on a sample basis the potential exposure to underlying 

policy data.

•  Agreeing litigation schedules and legal logs to independently obtained confirmations from external legal counsel.
Historical comparison
•  Comparing management’s previous provision to actual settlements made during the period under review.
•  Comparing management’s previous contingent liability estimate to actual results of cases concluded during the period under review.
Assessing transparency
•  Assessing whether the Group’s accounting policy and disclosure detailing significant legal proceedings adequately disclose the potential 

liabilities of the Group in accordance with UK- Adopted International Accounting Standards.

Valuation of structured notes held at fair value (level 2 and 3)
£50.2m (2022: £43.8m)
Refer to the Audit Committee Report on page 62, note 3.6 accounting policy and note 17.3 disclosures.

The risk: Risk vs 2022: decrease
We continue to perform procedures over valuation of bonds £13.1m (2022: £6.8m). However, since there is a quoted price available for 
these, we have not assessed this as one of the significant risks in our current year audit. Thus, it is not separately identified in our report this 
year.
Subjective valuation
The Group holds and manages investments on behalf of policyholders. A number of the structured notes are noted as being illiquid in 
nature, predominantly due to an active market not being available for these investments. These assets are measured at fair value.

Auditor judgement is required in determining the appropriate valuation methodology where external pricing sources are either not readily 
available or are unreliable. The fair value of structured notes is determined by evaluating observable inputs, which may include quoted 
prices for similar assets and quoted prices for identical and similar assets in a market that is not active and unobservable inputs which may 
include the underlying volatility which is benchmarked against other valuation tools.

There is a significant risk that the investments may not be valued appropriately due to estimation uncertainty inherent in unobservable 
pricing inputs or where a significant degree of judgement is required.

74

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023There is also a risk that the fair value levelling disclosures in the financial statements might not be appropriate  as required by IFRS 13.

Due to the linked nature of the contracts administered by the Group’s insurance undertakings, any change in the value of structured notes 
will result in an equal and opposite change in the value of contract liabilities.  Any change in the structured notes value will also have an 
impact on fee income which is calculated as a percentage of investment values.  

Our response
Our audit procedures included:
Control design and operation
•  Assessing design and implementation of the investment valuation processes and controls.
•  Testing operating effectiveness of key valuation and unit holding controls in the investments process.
Use of KPMG Specialists 
•  Engaging our valuation specialists to independently price and assess the fair value levelling on a sample of structured notes using 
observable or unobservable input parameters. Structured notes are valued using a discounted cash flow technique. The discount 
rates used are determined with reference to observable market transactions and instruments with substantially the same terms and 
characteristics including credit quality, the remaining term to repayments of the principal and the currency in which the payments are 
made adjusted for underlying volatility.

Assessing disclosures
•  Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of the valuation of investments for which there is no quoted price in an 

active market for compliance with UK-Adopted International Accounting Standards.

Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries
£72.5m (2022: £72.5m)
Risk vs 2022: same
Refer to page 62 of the Audit & Risk Committee Report, note 2.6 accounting policy and note 4 disclosures

The risk: Low risk, high value

The carrying amount of the investment in subsidiaries represents 76.3% (2022: 81.6%) of the Company’s total assets. The carrying amount 
of the investment in subsidiaries is measured at cost less impairment and is considered to have a low risk of material misstatement. 
However, due to its materiality in the context of the Company’s financial statements, this is considered to be the area that had the greatest 
effect on our overall Company audit.

Our response
Our audit procedures included:
Tests of detail:
•  Comparing the carrying amount of each subsidiary to its audited balance sheet to identify whether their net assets, being an 

approximation of their minimum recoverable amount were in excess of their carrying amount, as well as assessing whether those 
subsidiaries have historically been profit-making.

•  Utilising our actuaries to assess the value in force contracts calculation, being the net forecast future cashflows in the Company and 

assess whether this is greater than the carrying amount of investment in subsidiaries.

•  Assessing whether there are any indicators of impairment in relation to 100% of the carrying amount of investment in subsidiaries.

Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at £300K (2022: £235K), determined with reference to a benchmark of 
group profit before tax. Materiality for the Company financial statements as a whole was set at £150K (2022: £117.5K), determined with 
reference to the allocated Group materiality as above, of which it represents 50% (2022:50%).

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, 
performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account 
balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. Performance materiality was set at 75% (2022: 75%) 
of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £225k (2022: £176K) for the Group and £112K (2022: £88K) for 
the Company.

In addition, we have set a higher materiality at £10,000K (2022: £9,870K) solely for the purpose of identifying and evaluating the effect 
of misstatements that lead to a reclassification between line items within the policyholder assets and liabilities and associated income 
statements line items in the Group financial statements, to the extent that any such balances offset and have no net impact on the 
shareholder’s equity and reserves. This has been determined in reference to 0.75% (2022: 0.75%) of total assets.

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £15K (2022: £11.7K) for the Group 
and £7.4K (2022: £5.8K) for the Company, in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.  
For certain financial statement captions, as referred to above, any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £500K 
(2022: £493K) have been reported to the Audit Committee.

Our audit of the Group was undertaken to the materiality level specified above, which has informed our identification of significant risks of 
material misstatement and the associated audit procedures performed in those areas as detailed above. 

The group team performed the audit of the Group as if it was a single aggregated set of financial information. The audit was performed 
using the materiality level set out above and covered 100% of total group revenue, total group profit before tax, and total group assets 
and liabilities.

75

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Independent Auditor’s report to the Members of 
Hansard Global plc continued

Going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the 
Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group and the Company’s financial position means that this 
is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to 
continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (the “going concern period”).

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered the inherent risks to the Group and the Company’s business model and 
analysed how those risks might affect the Group and the Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going 
concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to affect the Group and the Company’s financial resources or ability to continue 
operations over this period were:

•  Availability of capital to meet operating costs and other financial commitments.
•  Availability of capital to meet regulatory and solvency requirements.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity in the going concern period by comparing severe, but plausible 
downside scenarios that could arise from these risks individually and collectively against the level of available financial resources 
indicated by the Group’s and Company’s financial forecasts.

We considered whether the going concern disclosure in note 1.4 to the Group financial statements gives a full and accurate description 
of the Directors’ assessment of going concern.

Our conclusions based on this work:

• 

 we consider that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate;

•  we have not identified, and concur with the Directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or 

conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for the going concern period; and

•  we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the notes to the financial statements 
on the use of the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group 
and the Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, and that statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our audit knowledge.

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent 
with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group and the 
Company will continue in operation.

Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or 
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:

•  enquiring of management as to the Group’s policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud as well as enquiring whether 

management have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

• 

reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; and

•  using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships.

As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible incentives or pressures to misstate performance and our overall 
knowledge of the control environment, we perform procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of 
fraudulent revenue recognition, and the risk that management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries. We did not 
identify any additional fraud risks.

We performed procedures including:

identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on risk criteria and comparing any identified entries to supporting 
documentation;

incorporating an element of unpredictability in our audit procedures and;

those set out in the revenue recognition key audit matter.

• 

• 

• 

76

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance 
with laws and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from 
our sector experience and through discussion with management (as required by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s 
regulatory and legal correspondence, if any, and discussed with management the policies and procedures regarding compliance with 
laws and regulations. As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining an understanding of the control environment 
including the entity’s procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.

The Group and Company are subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting 
legislation and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures 
on the related financial statement items.

The Group and Company are subject to other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation or impacts on 
the Group and the Company’s ability to operate. We identified financial services regulation as being the area most likely to have such 
an effect, recognising the regulated nature of the Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards limit the required audit 
procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of management and inspection of regulatory and legal 
correspondence, if any. Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, 
an audit will not detect that breach.

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements 
in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For 
example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. 

In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as this may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. 
We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and 
regulations.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report but 
does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and we do not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

77

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Hansard Global plc continued

Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the Directors’ disclosures in respect 
of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the Group financial statements and our audit knowledge. We have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

• 

• 

• 

the Directors’ confirmation within the longer-term viability statement (page 36) that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
emerging and principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity;

the emerging and principal risks disclosures describing these risks and explaining how they are being managed or mitigated;

the Directors’ explanation in the longer-term viability statement (page 36) as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, 
over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to review the longer-term viability statement, set out on page 36 under the Listing Rules. Based on the above 
procedures, we have concluded that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the Group financial statements and our audit 
knowledge.
Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the Directors’ corporate governance 
disclosures and the Group financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the following is materially consistent with the Group financial statements 
and our audit knowledge: 

• 

• 

• 

the Directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and Group financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy;

the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit & Risk Committee, including the significant issues that the Audit & 
Risk Committee considered in relation to the financial statements, and how these issues were addressed; and

the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control 
systems.

We are required to review the part of Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our review. We have nothing to report in this respect. 

We have nothing to report on other matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 require us to report to you if, in our 
opinion:

•  proper books of account have not been kept by the Company and proper returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or 

• 

the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the books of account and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

78

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 37, the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements 
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

The purpose of this report and restrictions on its use by persons other than the Company’s members 
as a body
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 15 of the Companies Act 1982. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Simon Nicholas

Responsible Individual

For and on behalf of KPMG Audit LLC

Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditors

Heritage Court,

41 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 1LA 

27 September 2023

79

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Financial Results Under UK Adopted International Accounting Standards for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

Fees and commissions  

Investment income 

Other operating income 

Change in provisions for investment contract liabilities 

Origination costs 

Administrative and other expenses 

Profit before taxation 

Taxation 

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year after taxation 

Earnings per share 

Basic 

Diluted 

Notes 

5 

6 

17 

7 

8 

10 

Note 

11 

11 

The notes on pages 84 to 106 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended 
30 June 
2023 
£m 

Year ended
30 June
2022
£m

45.7 

44.5 

1.5 

91.7 

(40.6) 

(16.2) 

(29.0) 

(85.8) 

5.9 

(0.2) 

5.7 

48.8

(103.5)

1.0

(53.7)

103.5

(16.2)

(29.8)

57.5

3.8

(0.2)

3.6

2023 
(p) 

4.1 

4.1 

2022
(p)

2.6

2.6

80

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  
for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

At 1 July 2021 

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year after taxation 

Share based payment reserve 

Transactions with owners 

Dividends paid 

At 30 June 2022 

At 1 July 2022 

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year after taxation 

Share based payment reserve 

Transactions with owners 

Dividends paid 

At 30 June 2023 

Share 
capital 
£m 

68.8 

- 

- 

- 

68.8 

Share 
capital 
£m 

68.8 

- 

- 

- 

68.8 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

(48.3) 

- 

- 

- 

(48.3) 

4.2 

3.6 

- 

(6.1) 

1.7 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

(48.3) 

- 

(0.2) 

- 

(48.5) 

1.7 

5.7 

- 

(5.9) 

1.5 

Total 
£m

24.7

3.6

-

(6.1)

22.2

Total
£m

22.2

5.7

(0.2)

(5.9)

21.8

The notes on pages 84 to 106 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

81

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 30 June 2023

Assets

Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred origination costs 

Financial investments
Measured at fair value:
 Equity securities 
 Investments in collective investment schemes 
 Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes 

Measured at amortised cost: 
Deposits and money market funds 

Other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets 

Liabilities

Financial liabilities under investment contracts 

Deferred income 

Amounts due to investment contract holders 

Other payables 

Provisions 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 

Called up share capital 

Other reserves 

Retained earnings 
Total shareholders’ equity 

Notes 

13 
13 
14 

3 
3 
3 

15 
16 

17 

18 

17 

19 

20 

22 

23 

30 June 
2023 
£m 

19.9 
2.8 
117.8 

52.0 
915.5 
63.3 
1,030.8 

30 June
2022
£m

13.4
2.7
122.5

55.7
903.4
50.6
1,009.7

90.2 

99.7

4.9 
52.2 
1,318.6 

4.3
58.9
1,311.2

1,101.5 

1,092.3

144.8 

36.6 

13.8 

0.1 
1,296.8 
21.8 

68.8 

(48.5) 

1.5 
21.8 

145.1

37.3

14.1

0.2
1,289.0
22.2

68.8

(48.3)

1.7
22.2

The notes on pages 84 to 106 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 80 to 106 were approved by the Board on 27 September 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Graham Sheward 
Director 

Thomas Morfett 
Director

82

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

Cash flow from operating activities 

Profit before tax for the year 

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation 

Dividends receivable 

Dividends received 

Interest receivable 

Interest received 
Foreign exchange losses / (gains) 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities 

(Increase) in other receivables 

Decrease in deferred origination costs 

(Decrease) / Increase in deferred income  

(Decrease) / Increase in creditors 

(Increase) / decrease in financial investments 

Increase / (decrease) in financial liabilities 

Cash flow from operations 

Corporation tax paid 

Cash flow from operations after taxation 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Investment in intangible assets 

Investment in property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of  property, plant and equipment 

Purchase of investments 

Cash flows used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Dividends paid 

Principal elements of leased liabilities 

Cash flows used in financing activities 

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Effect of exchange rate movements 

Cash and cash equivalents at year end 

2023 
£m 

5.9 

1.1 

(4.7) 

4.7 

(3.0) 

3.0 
1.0 

(0.6) 

4.7 

(0.4) 

(1.7) 

(11.7) 

9.1 

7.4 

(0.4) 

7.0 

(6.6) 

- 

0.4 

(0.1) 

(6.3) 

(5.9) 

(0.4) 

(6.3) 

(5.6) 

58.9 

(1.1) 

52.2 

2022 
£m

3.8

0.8

(4.6)

4.6 

(0.3)

0.3 
(2.0)

(1.6)

2.6

2.6

13.7

123.3

(131.8)

11.4

(0.1)

11.3

(4.2)

(0.3)

-

-

(4.5)

(6.1)

(0.5)

(6.6)

0.2

56.7

2.0

58.9

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

1 General Information

Hansard Global plc (“the Company”) is a limited liability company, incorporated in the Isle of Man under the Isle of Man Companies 1931 
to 2024, whose shares are publicly traded. The principal activity of the Company is to act as the holding company of the Hansard group of 
companies. The activities of the principal operating wholly owned subsidiaries include the transaction of life assurance business and related 
activities. Hansard Europe was closed to new business with effect from 30 June 2013.  The principal subsidiaries of the Company are as 
follows:

Company name 
Hansard International Limited  
Hansard Worldwide Limited 
Hansard Europe Designated Activity Company 
Hansard Administration Services Limited 
Hansard Development Services Limited  

Incorporated 
Isle of Man 
The Bahamas 
Ireland 
Isle of Man 
Isle of Man 

Activity
Life Assurance
Life Assurance
Life Assurance
Administration Services
Marketing and Development Services

The registered office of the Company is 55 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM99 1QL.

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange.

1.1 Principal Accounting Policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below or, in the case of 
accounting policies that relate to separately disclosed values in the primary statements, within the relevant note to these consolidated financial 
statements. These policies have been consistently applied, unless otherwise stated.

1.2 Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK Adopted International Accounting Standards (“IFRSs”), 
International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRSIC”) interpretations, the Isle of Man Insurance Act 2008, and with 
the Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified 
by the revaluation of financial investments and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has applied all International 
Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the United Kingdom and effective at 30 June 2023. 

The Group underwrites a small amount of insurance business. Management has undertaken an assessment of the impact of accounting for 
this business as investment business rather than insurance business and concluded that this would not have a material impact on the financial 
statements. This assessment has been refreshed to consider the impact of IFRS 17, and management have not changed their conclusion that 
accounting for the business as investment business would not have a material impact on the financial statements. Management will keep this 
assessment under review, and should the outcome change in future the Group accounting treatment will be reassessed. Consequently, the 
Group’s products are designated as investment rather than insurance products under IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ as they do not transfer 
significant insurance risk.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts 
of revenue and expenses during the reporting year. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various 
other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in 
which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current 
and future years.

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated 
financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

Except where otherwise stated, the financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the functional currency of the Company, rounded to 
the nearest one hundred thousand pounds. 

The following new standards, amendments and interpretations are in issue but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group 
and are not expected to have a significant impact;

• 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts – effective for periods beginning after January 2023

•  Classification of liabilities as current or non-current (Amendments to IAS 1) – effective from January 2023

•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2) – effective from January 2023

•  Definition of Accounting Estimate (Amendments to IAS 8)

•  Deferred Tax related Asset and Liabilities Arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes – effective 1 January 

2023

•  Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Ventures (Amendments to FRS 10 and IAS 28)

•  Non-current liabilities with covenants (Amendments to IAS 1) – effective from 1 January 2024

•  Lease liability in a Sale and Leaseback (amendments to IFRS 16) – effective from 1 January 2024

84

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

There are no other standards, amendments or interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective, that would have a material impact 
on the Group’s reported results.

1.3 Basis of Consolidation

The Group’s financial statements consolidate those of the parent company and all its subsidiaries as at 30 June 2023. 

All  transactions  between  Group  companies  are  eliminated  on  consolidation  between  Group  companies.  Amounts  reported  in  the  financial 
statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

1.4 Going Concern

As shown within the Business and Financial Review, the Group’s capital position is strong and well in excess of regulatory requirements. The 
long-term nature of the Group’s business results in considerable recurring cash inflows arising from existing business. The Directors believe that 
the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully.

The  Directors  are  satisfied  that  the  Company  and  the  Group  have  adequate  resources  to  continue  to  operate  as  a  going  concern  for  the 
foreseeable future and have prepared the consolidated financial statements on that basis.

In making this statement, the Directors have reviewed financial forecasts that include plausible downside scenarios as a result of the ongoing 
Russia-Ukraine conflict and global economic conditions. These show the Group continuing to generate profit over the next 12 months and that 
the Group has sufficient cash reserves to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due. 

The Directors expect the acquisition of new business will continue to be challenging. The impact of this however is not immediate to the Group’s 
profit and cash flows and therefore allows for longer term adjustments to operations and the cost base.  Long periods of lower new business, or 
indeed lower AuA, would be addressed by reducing the cost base and where necessary, the dividend paid.

The following factors are considered as supportive to the Group’s resilience to external market and economic challenges:

•  The Group’s business model focuses on long term savings products, a majority of which are regular premium paying products which 

continue to receive cash inflows regardless of the amount of new business sold.

•  The Group earns approximately a third of its revenues from asset-based income which is not immediately dependent on sourcing new 
business. Initial fees in respect of new business are broadly offset by initial commissions, limiting the impact of any reduction in new 
business.

•  New business channels are geographically dispersed and therefore less exposed to specific regional challenges.
•  The largest expense associated with new business is commission expenditure which reduces directly in line with reduced sales.  
•  The Group has, and continues to the date of this report to have, a strong capital position with significant levels of liquidity and cash (as 

outlined in the Business and Financial Review). 

•  The business has demonstrated operational resilience in being able to operate remotely from its offices without any material impact to 

processing and servicing levels.  Its control environment continued to operate effectively during this time.

•   The Group places the majority of its shareholder assets into conservative, highly-liquid, highly rated bank deposits and money market 

funds.  These are typically not subject to price fluctuation and protect the Group’s assets against potential market volatility; and  

•  The Group has no borrowings. 

2 Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies

Estimates, assumptions, and judgements are used in the application of accounting policies in these financial statements. Critical accounting 
estimates are those which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or assessments. Estimates, assumptions, and judgements are 
evaluated continually and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from assumptions and estimates made by management.

2.1 Accounting Estimates and Assumptions
The principal areas in which the Group applies accounting estimates and assumptions are the period and method of amortisation of deferred 
origination costs and deferred income. Estimates are also applied in determining the recoverability of deferred origination costs. 

2.1.1 Amortisation of Deferred Origination Costs and Deferred Income
Deferred origination costs and deferred income are amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the underlying investment 
contract.  Estimates are determined based on an analysis of recent experience. The estimated life is between 7 and 15 years depending on 
the product type. Certain contracts are amortised on actual life.

2.1.2 Recoverability of Deferred Origination Costs
Formal reviews to assess the recoverability of deferred origination costs on investment contracts are carried out at each balance sheet date 
to determine whether there is any indication of impairment based on the estimated future income levels. 

If, based upon a review of the remaining contracts, there is any indication of irrecoverability or impairment, the contract’s recoverable amount is 
estimated. Impairment losses are reversed through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income if there is a change in the estimates 
used to determine the recoverable amount. Such losses are reversed only to the extent that the contract’s carrying amount does not exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortisation where applicable, if no impairment loss had been recognised

2.1.3 Fair Value of Financial Investments
Where  the  Directors  determine  that  there  is  no  active  market  for  a  particular  financial  instrument,  fair  value  is  assessed  using  valuation 

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

85

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

techniques based on available relevant information and an appraisal of all associated risks as detailed in note 3.

2.2 Judgements
The primary areas in which the Group has applied judgement in applying accounting policies are as follows:

•  to determine whether a provision or contingent liability is required in respect of any pending or threatened litigation, which is addressed 

in note 20 and note 26.

•  the type of expenses that are treated as origination costs to be deferred.  Any other expenses are expensed as incurred.

2.3 Intangible Assets
The carrying amount, residual value and useful life of the Group’s computer software is reviewed annually to determine whether there is any 
indication of impairment, or a change in residual value or expected useful life. If there is any indication of impairment, the asset’s carrying 
value is revised.

3 Financial Risk Management

Risk Management Objectives and Risk Policies

The Group’s objective in the management of financial risk is to minimise, where practicable, its exposure to such risk, except when 
necessary to support other objectives. The Group seeks to manage risk through the operation of unit-linked business whereby the 
contract holder bears the financial risk. In addition, shareholder assets are invested in highly rated investments.

Overall responsibility for the management of the Group’s exposure to risk is vested in the Board. To support it in this role, the Group ERM 
Framework is in place comprising risk identification, risk assessment, control and reporting processes. Additionally, the Board and the 
Boards of subsidiary companies have established a number of Committees with defined terms of reference. These are the Audit & Risk, 
Executive and Investment Committees. Additional information concerning the operation of the Board Committees is contained in the 
Corporate Governance section of this Annual Report.

The main significant financial risks to which the Group is exposed are set out below. For each category of risk, the Group determines its 
risk appetite and sets its investment, treasury and associated policies accordingly. 

3.1 Market Risk
This is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices, analysed 
between price, interest rate and currency risk. The Group adopts a risk averse approach to market risk, with a stated policy of not actively 
pursuing or accepting market risk except where necessary to support other objectives. However, the Group accepts the risk that the fall 
in equity or other asset values, whether as a result of price falls or strengthening of sterling against the currencies in which contract holder 
assets are denominated, will reduce the level of annual management charge income derived from such contract holder assets and the risk 
of lower future profits.

Sensitivity Analysis to Market Risk

The  Group’s  business  is  unit-linked,  and  the  direct  associated  market  risk  is  therefore  borne  by  contract  holders  (although  there  is  a 
secondary impact as shareholder income is dependent upon the fair value of contract holder assets). Other financial assets and liabilities 
held outside of contract holder unitised funds primarily consist of units in money market funds, cash and cash equivalents, and other assets 
and liabilities. Cash held in unitised money market funds and at bank is valued at par and is unaffected by movements in interest rates. Other 
assets and liabilities are similarly unaffected by market movements.

As a result of these combined factors, the Group’s financial assets and liabilities held outside unitised funds are not materially subject to 
market risk, and movements at the reporting date in interest rates and equity values have an immaterial impact on the Group’s profit after 
tax and equity. Future revenues from annual management charges may be affected by movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and 
equity values. The Group does not control the asset selection strategy as assets are chosen by the contract holders.

(a) Price Risk

Unit linked funds are exposed to securities price risk as the investments held are subject to prices in the future which are uncertain. The 
fair value of financial assets (designated at fair value through profit or loss) exposed to price risk at 30 June 2023 was £1,030.8m (2022: 
£1,009.7m). In the event that investment income is affected by price risk then there will be an equal and opposite impact on the value of the 
changes in provisions for investment contract liabilities in the same accounting period. An overall change in the market value of the unit-
linked funds would affect the annual management charges accruing to the Group since these charges, which are typically 1% per annum, 
are based on the market value of contract holder assets under administration. The approximate impact on the Group’s profits and equity of 
a 10% change in fund values, either as a result of price, interest rate or currency fluctuations, is £1.6m (2022: £1.7m). 

86

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the Group is exposed to lower returns or loss as a direct or indirect result of fluctuations in the value of, or 
income from, specific assets arising from changes in underlying interest rates.

The Group is primarily exposed to interest rate risk on the balances that it holds with credit institutions and in money market funds.

Taking into account the proportion of Group funds held on longer-term, fixed-rate deposits, a change of 1% per annum in interest rates will 
result in an increase or decrease of approximately £0.6m (2022: £0.7m) in the Group’s annual investment income and equity.

A summary of the Group’s liquid assets at the balance sheet date is set out in note 3.2.

(c) Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the Group is exposed to higher or lower returns as a direct or indirect result of fluctuations in the value of, or 
income from, specific assets and liabilities arising from changes in underlying exchange rates.

(c) (i) Group Foreign Currency Exposures

The Group is exposed to currency risk on the foreign currency denominated bank balances, contract fees receivable and other liquid assets 
that it holds to the extent that they do not match liabilities in those currencies. The Group receives 87% (2022: 82%) of premiums in US 
Dollars and settles the majority of expenses in Sterling. The impact of currency risk is minimised by regular conversion of excess foreign 
currency funds to sterling. The Group does not hedge foreign currency cash flows.

At the balance sheet date the Group had exposures in the following currencies:

Gross assets 

Matching currency liabilities 

Uncovered currency exposures 

Sterling equivalent (£m) 

2023  
US$m  

23.2 

(20.5) 

2.7 

2.1 

2023  
€m  

11.1 

(10.4) 

0.7 

0.5 

2023  
¥m  

255.0 

(285.0) 

(30.0) 

(0.2) 

2022  
US$m  

26.3 

(24.1) 

2.2 

1.8 

2022  
€m  

13.9 

(12.8) 

1.1 

1.0 

2022  
¥m 

164.3

(217.6)

(53.3)

(0.3)

The approximate effect of a 5% change: in the value of US dollars to sterling is £0.1m (2022: £0.1m); in the value of the euro to sterling is 
less than £0.1m (2022: less than £0.1m); and in the value of the yen to sterling is less than £0.1m (2022: less than £0.1m).

(c) (ii) Financial Investments by Currency

Certain  fees  and  commissions  are  earned  in  currencies  other  than  sterling,  based  on  the  value  of  financial  investments  held  in  those 
currencies from time to time.  

The sensitivity of the Group to the currency risk inherent in investments held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts is 
incorporated within the analysis set out in (a) above.

At the balance sheet date the analysis of financial investments by currency denomination is as follows, US dollars: 71% (2022: 71%); euro: 
8% (2022: 8%); sterling: 20% (2022: 20%); other: 1% (2022: 1%).

3.2 Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that the Group is exposed to lower returns or loss if another party fails to perform its financial obligations to the Group. 
The Group has adopted a risk averse approach to such risk and has a stated policy of not actively pursuing or accepting credit risk except 
when necessary to support other objectives.

The  clearing  and  custody  operations  for  the  Group’s  security  transactions  are  mainly  concentrated  with  one  broker,  namely  Capital 
International Limited, a member of the London Stock Exchange. At 30 June 2023 and 2022, substantially all contract holder cash and cash 
equivalents, balances due from investment brokers and financial investments are placed in custody with Capital International Limited. These 
operations are detailed in a formal contract that incorporates notice periods and a full exit management plan. Delivery of services under the 
contract is monitored by a dedicated relationship manager against a documented Service Level Agreement and Key Performance Indicators.

The Group has an exposure to credit risk in relation to its deposits with credit institutions, its investments in unitised money market funds and 
it’s investment in a bond portfolio. To manage these risks; deposits and the bond portfolio are placed in accordance with established policy, 
with credit institutions having a short-term rating of at least F1 or P1 from Fitch IBCA and Moody’s respectively and a long-term rating of at 
least A or A3. Investments in unitised money market funds are made only where such fund is AAA rated. Additionally, maximum counterparty 
exposure limits are set both at an individual subsidiary company level and on a Group-wide basis. 

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

87

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

These assets are considered to have a high degree of credit worthiness and no assets of a lower credit worthiness are held.  The following 
table sets out information about the credit quality of the Group’s deposits with credit institutions and its investments in unitised money 
market funds.

Deposits and Cash with Credit Institutions and Investments in Unitised Money Market Funds
(Based on Standards & Poor’s ratings)

AAA 

AA- to AA+ 

A- To A+  

Total Deposits 

AA- to AA+ 

A- To A+  

Total Cash at bank 

Group cash and deposits  

2023 
£m 

2022 
£m

26.3 

6.0 

10.8 

43.1 

0.3 

22.0 

22.3 

65.4 

29.9

4.9

15.4

50.2

3.9

20.4

24.3

74.5

Financial assets held at amortised cost, are impaired using an expected credit loss model. The model splits financial assets into those which 
are performing, underperforming and non-performing based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition. At initial recognition financial 
assets are considered to be performing. They become underperforming where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial 
recognition, and non-performing when there is objective evidence of impairment. Twelve months of expected credit losses are recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive income and netted against the financial asset in the statement of financial position for all performing 
financial assets, with lifetime expected credit losses recognised for underperforming and non-performing financial assets.

Trade receivables are designated as having no significant financing component.  The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to 
measuring expected credit losses for trade receivables by using a lifetime expected loss allowance.

Expected credit losses are based on the historic levels of loss experienced for the relevant financial assets, with consideration given to 
forward looking information. The following table sets out the movement in expected credit losses. 

At 1 July 

Credit loss charges in the year 

At 30 June 

2023 
£m 

1.8 

0.1 

1.9 

There have been no changes in the assets in the year ended 30 June 2023 attributable to changes in credit risk (30 June 2022: nil).

At the balance sheet date, an analysis of the Group’s cash and deposit balances was as follows:

Longer term deposits with credit institutions 

Cash and cash equivalents under IFRS 

3.3 Liquidity Risk

2023 
£m 

13.2 

52.2 

65.4 

2022 
£m

0.4

1.4

1.8

2022 
£m

15.6

58.9

74.5

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group, though solvent, does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to meet its obligations as 
they fall due, or can only secure them at excessive cost.

The Group’s objective is to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity over short-term (up to one year) and medium-term time horizons to meet the 
needs of the business. This includes liquidity to cover, amongst other things, new business costs, planned strategic activities, servicing of 
equity capital as well as working capital to fund day-to-day cash flow requirements.

Liquidity risk is principally managed in the following ways:

• 

• 

Assets of a suitable marketability are held to meet contract holder liabilities as they fall due.

Forecasts are prepared regularly to predict required liquidity levels over both the short-term and medium-term.

The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is considered to be low since it maintains a high level of liquid assets to meet its liabilities.

88

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

3.3.1 Undiscounted contractual maturity analysis

Set out below is a summary of the undiscounted contractual maturity profile of the Group’s assets.

Maturity within 1 year

Shareholder deposits and money market funds 

Other shareholder assets 

Maturity from 1 to 5 years

Other shareholder assets 

Shareholder assets with maturity values within 5 years 

Other shareholder assets (no defined maturity profile) 

Shareholder assets 

Gross assets held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts 

Total assets 

2023 
£m 

65.4 

4.8 

70.2 

- 

- 

70.2 

146.9 

217.1 

1,101.5 

1,318.6 

2022 
£m

74.5

4.3

78.8

-

-

78.8

140.1

218.9

1,092.3

1,311.2

There is no significant difference between the value of the Group’s assets on an undiscounted basis and the balance sheet values.

Assets held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts are deemed to have no fixed maturity since the corresponding unit-linked 
liabilities are repayable and transferable on demand. In certain circumstances the contractual maturities of a portion of the assets may be longer 
than one year, but the majority of assets held within the unit-linked funds are highly liquid. The Group actively monitors fund liquidity.

Set out below is a summary of the undiscounted contractual maturity profile of the Group’s liabilities.

Maturity within 1 year

Amounts due to investment contract holders 

Other payables 

Provisions 

Maturity from 1 to 5 years

Other payables 

Liabilities with maturity values within 5 years 

Other liabilities (no defined maturity profile) 

Shareholder liabilities 

Maturity within 1 year 
Financial liabilities under investment contracts 

Maturity from 1 to 5 years 
Financial liabilities under investment contracts 

Maturity greater than 5 years 
Financial liabilities under investment contracts 

Financial liabilities under investment contracts 

Total liabilities 

2023 
£m 

36.6 

11.1 

0.1 

47.8 

2.7 

2.7 

50.5 

144.8 

195.3 

2022 
£m

37.3

12.1

0.2

49.6

2.0

2.0

51.6

145.1

196.7

43.4 

32.3

209.0 

199.6

849.1 

1,101.5 

1,296.8 

860.4

1,092.3

1,289.0

Any difference between the total liabilities in the above table and the total liabilities per the consolidated balance sheet represents the impact of 
discounting liabilities with a maturity profile of more than one year. 

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3.4 Insurance Risk

Insurance risk is the risk of loss arising from actual experience being different than that assumed when an insurance product was designed 
and priced. For the Group, the key insurance risks are lapse risk, expense risk and mortality risk. However, the size of insurance risk is not 
deemed to be materially significant. From an accounting perspective all contracts have been classified as investment contracts.

3.4.1 Lapse Risk

A key risk for investment contracts is policyholder behaviour risk in particular the risk that contracts are surrendered, or significant cash 
withdrawals are made before sufficient fees have been collected to cover up-front commissions paid by the Group. The risk is mitigated by 
charging penalties on the early surrender of contracts.

3.5 Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Group recognises deposits with financial institutions and loans and borrowings on the date on which they are originated. All other 
financial instruments are recognised on the trade date, which is the date on which the Group becomes a part to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument. 

A financial asset or financial liability is initially measured at fair value plus, for a financial asset or financial liability not measured at ‘fair value 
through profit and loss’ (“FVTPL”), transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue. 

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at amortised cost, ‘fair value through other comprehensive income’ (“FVOCI”) 
or FVTPL. 

Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition. A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both 
of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL: 

• 

It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and 

• 

Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest. 

A financial asset is measured at FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL: 

• 

It is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and 

• 

Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest. 

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortised cost or FVOCI as described above are measured at FVTPL. The classification of 
each financial asset and liability is commented on within each respective financial statement note. As at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022, 
only financial assets measured at amortised cost and FVTPL are held. 

The subsequent measurement of each class of financial assets is defined in the below table:

Class of Asset

Subsequent Measurement

Financial assets at FVTPL Measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income and foreign exchange 

gains and losses, are recognised in profit or loss.

Financial assets at 
amortised cost

Measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and 
losses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognised 
in profit or loss. 

On initial recognition, a financial liability is designated as amortised cost or FVTPL. The criteria for classification and subsequent measurement 
mirrors that of the financial assets, albeit the classification of ‘FVOCI’ does not exist for financial liabilities. Therefore, any liabilities which do 
not meet the amortised cost classification criteria, are designated as FVTPL.

3.6 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Group closely monitors the valuation of assets in markets that have become less liquid. Determining whether a market is active requires 
the exercise of judgement and is determined based upon the facts and circumstances of the market for the instrument being measured. 
Where the Directors determine that there is no active market for a particular financial instrument, for example where a particular collective 
investment scheme is suspended from trading, fair value is assessed using valuation techniques based on available, relevant, information 
and an appraisal of all associated risks. When a collective investment scheme recommences regular trading, the value would be transferred 
back to Level 1. This process requires the exercise of significant judgement on the part of Directors. 

Due to the linked nature of the contracts administered by the Group’s insurance undertakings, any change in the value of financial assets 
held to cover financial liabilities under those contracts will result in an equal and opposite change in the value of contract liabilities. The 
separate effect on financial assets and financial liabilities is included in investment income and investment contract benefits, respectively, in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

90

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

IFRS 13 requires the Group to classify fair value measurements into a fair value hierarchy by reference to the observability and significance 
of the inputs used in measuring that fair value. The hierarchy is as follows:

•  Level 1: fair value is determined using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets.

•  Level 2: fair value is determined using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset either  

directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

•  Level 3: fair value is determined using inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The following table analyses the Group’s financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, at 30 June 2023:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Equity securities 

Collective investment schemes 

Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes 

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Level 1 
£m 

52.0 

899.3 

1.2 

952.5 

Level 2 
£m 

- 

10.9 

10.0 

20.9 

Level 3 
£m 

- 

5.3 

52.1 

57.4 

All other financial assets and liabilities are designated as held at amortised cost which approximates to fair value. 

Deposit and money market funds 

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Level 1 
£m 

90.2 

1,042.7 

Level 2 
£m 

- 

20.9 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 

- 

1,101.5 

Level 3 
£m 

- 

57.4 

- 

Total
£m

52.0

915.5

63.3

1,030.8

Total
£m

90.2

1,121.0

1,101.5

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are classified as level 2 on the basis that they relate to policies investing in financial 
assets at fair value through profit and loss.

During the year there were no transfers between the fair value hierarchy levels.

The following tables analyse the Group’s financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, at 30 June 2022: 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Equity securities 

Collective investment schemes 

Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes 

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Deposit and money market funds 

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

£m 

55.7 

892.6 

- 

948.3 

Level 1 
£m 

99.7 

1,048.0 

£m 

- 

4.0 

6.8 

10.8 

Level 2 
£m 

- 

10.8 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 

- 

1,092.3 

£m 

- 

6.8 

43.8 

50.6 

Level 3 
£m 

- 

50.6 

- 

Total

£m

55.7

903.4

50.6

1,009.7

Total
£m

99.7

1.109.4

1,092.3

During the year ended 30 June 2022, £4.0m of collective investment scheme investments were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 
following a review of their pricing frequency.  A further £2.1m of similar assets were reclassified from Level 1 to Level 3 as a result of 
the same classification review, reflecting that the value of these assets are not based on observable market data.  £43.8m of structured 
notes were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 during the year.  This move was a reflection of the underlying market volatility in that asset 
class experienced in the latter part of the financial year and the resulting impact on the observable and unobservable inputs used in the 
valuation methodologies for this type of security. 

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

Valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs
The following tables show the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 2 and Level 3 fair values for financial instruments in the 
statement of financial position, as well as the significant unobservable inputs used.

Type 

Valuation technique

Significant 
unobservable input

Sensitivity to changes in 
unobservable inputs

Suspended 
assets £5.3m 
(2022: £6.8m)

Bonds and 
structured 
notes 
Level 2: 
£10.0m (2022: 
£6.8)
Level 3: 
£52.0m (2022: 
£43.8m)

Latest available information including or such as net asset 
values (NAV) or other communication received

Discount factor (5%) 
and NAV

Market comparison/ discounted cash flow: The fair value is 
estimated considering: 
(i) current or recent quoted prices for identical securities in 
markets that are not active; and 
(ii) a net present value calculated using discount rates 
which are determined with reference to observable market 
transactions in instruments with substantially the same terms 
and characteristics including credit quality, the remaining 
term to repayments of the principal and the currency in which 
the payments are made.

Level 2: Not 
applicable.

Level 3:
Underlying volatility

If the NAV was higher/lower, the fair value 
would be higher/lower.
If the discount factor was higher/lower, the 
fair value would be lower/higher.

Level 2: Not applicable.

Level 3:
Significant increases/ decreases in this 
input in isolation would result in a higher or 
lower fair value

Level 3 Sensitivity to Changes in Unobservable Measurements 

For financial assets assessed as Level 3, based on its review of the prices used, the Company believes that any reasonable change to the 
unobservable inputs used to measure fair value would not result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement at year end, and 
therefore would not have a material impact on its reported results.

Significant unobservable inputs are developed as follows:

Underlying Volatility

In the absence of implied volatility until the maturity and moneyness of the instrument, the best estimate is the use of extrapolated implied 
volatility or historical volatility. The inputs used are derived against other independent valuation sources and the reasonableness of the 
assumptions is evaluated as part of the process.
The reconciliation between opening and closing balances of Level 3 assets are presented in the table below:

Opening balance 
Unrealised losses 
Transfers into level 3 
Transfers out of level 3 
Purchases, sales, issues and settlements 

Closing balance 

4 Segmental Information

2023 
£m 
50.6 
(6.5) 
1.6 
- 
11.7 

57.4 

2022 
£m
12.2
(1.5)
46.3
(5.2)
(1.2)

50.6

Disclosure of operating segments in these financial statements is consistent with reports provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(“CODM”) which, in the case of the Group, has been identified as the Executive Committee of Hansard Global plc.

In the opinion of the CODM, the Group operates in a single reportable segment, that of the distribution and servicing of long-term investment 
products. New business development, distribution and associated activities in relation to the Republic of Ireland ceased with effect from 30 
June 2013. All other activities of the Group are continuing.

The Group’s Executive Committee uses two principal measures when appraising the performance of the business: net issued compensation 
credit (“NICC”) (weighted where appropriate by product line) and expenses. NICC is a measure of the value of new in-force business and 
top-ups on existing single premium contracts. NICC is the total amount of basic initial commission payable to intermediaries for business 
sold in a period and is calculated on each piece of new business. It excludes override commission paid to intermediaries over and above 
the basic level of commission.

92

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

The following table analyses NICC geographically and reconciles NICC to direct origination costs incurred during the year as set out in the 
Business and Operating Review section of this Annual Report and Accounts.

Middle East and Africa 
Latin America 
Rest of the World 
Far East 

Net Issued Compensation Credit 

Other commission costs paid to third parties 

Enhanced unit allocations 

Direct origination costs incurred during the year 

2023 
£m 

2.7 
2.4 
0.5 
0.1 

5.7 

3.4 

1.0 

2022 
£m

2.9
2.9
1.0
0.7

7.5

3.6

1.2

10.1 

12.3

Revenues and expenses allocated to geographical locations contained in sections 4.1 to 4.4 below reflect the revenues and expenses 
generated in or incurred by the legal entities in those locations

4.1 Geographical Analysis of Fees and Commissions by Origin

Isle of Man 
Republic of Ireland 
The Bahamas* 

2023 
£m 
43.1 
2.1 
0.5 

45.7 

2022
£m
45.7
2.5
0.6

48.8

* Hansard Worldwide, which is based in the Bahamas, fully reinsures its business to Hansard International.   All external fees and commissions 
for Hansard Worldwide are therefore presented within the Isle of Man category. These amounted to £3.2m in 2023 (2022: £2.0m). The fees 
shown in the table above in respect of Hansard Worldwide represent fees received from Hansard International.

4.2 Geographical Analysis of Profit Before Taxation

Isle of Man 
Republic of Ireland 
The Bahamas 

4.3 Geographical Analysis of Gross Assets

Isle of Man* 
Republic of Ireland 
The Bahamas 

2023 
£m 

6.5 
(1.0) 
0.4 

5.9 

2023 
£m 

1,229.8 
87.0 
1.8 

1,318.6 

2022 
£m

4.2
(0.9)
0.5

3.8

2022 
£m

1,216.5
92.5
2.2

1,311.2

* Includes assets held in the Isle of Man in connection with policies written in The Bahamas. As at 30 June 2023 these amounted to 
£178.5m (30 June 2022: £134.9m).

4.4 Geographical Analysis of Gross Liabilities

Isle of Man 
Republic of Ireland 
The Bahamas 

2023 
£m 

1,043.8 
73.3 
179.7 

1,296.8 

2022 
£m

1,074.8
77.6
136.6

1,289.0

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

5 Fees and Commissions

Fees are charged to the contract holders of investment contracts for contract administration services, investment management services, 
payment of benefits and other services related to the administration of investment contracts. Fees may be chargeable on either a fixed 
fee basis, a fee per transaction or as a percentage of assets under administration. Fees are recognised as revenue as the services are 
provided. Initial fees that exceed the level of recurring fees and relate to the future provision of services are deferred in the balance sheet 
and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life of the relevant contract. These fees are accounted for on the issue of a contract and on 
receipt of incremental premiums on existing single premium contracts.

Regular fees charged to contracts are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period in which the service is provided. Transactional fees 
are recorded when the required action is complete.

Commissions receivable arise principally from fund houses with which investments are held.  Commissions are recognised on an accruals 
basis in accordance with the relevant agreement.

Contract fee income 
Fund management charges 
Commissions receivable 

2023 
£m 

28.1 
12.9 
4.7 
45.7 

2022 
£m

30.1
13.9
4.8
48.8

Fund management charges and commissions receivable (39% of the total above (2022: 28%)) are a function of the level of assets 
under administration.

6 Investment Income

Investment income comprises dividends, interest, and other income receivable, realised and unrealised gains and losses on investments. 
Movements are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. Dividends are accrued 
on the date notified. Interest is accounted for on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.

Interest income 
Dividend income 
Gains on realisation of investments 
Movement in unrealised (losses) 

7 Origination Costs

2023 
£m 

3.5 
4.7 
51.3 
(15.0) 

44.5 

2022 
£m

0.1
4.6
63.4
(171.6)

(103.5)

Origination costs include commissions, intermediary incentives, and other distribution-related expenditure (note 2.2). Origination costs which 
vary with, and are directly related to, securing new contracts and incremental premiums on existing single premium contracts are deferred 
to the extent that they are recoverable out of future net income from the relevant contract. Deferred origination costs are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the life of the relevant contracts.  Typical terms range between 6 years and 16 years.  Origination costs that do not 
meet the criteria for deferral are expensed as incurred.

Amortisation of deferred origination costs 
Other origination costs 

2023 
£m 

13.5 
2.7 

16.2 

2022 
£m

13.9
2.3

16.2

94

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

8 Administrative and Other Expenses 

Included in administrative and other expenses are the following: 

Auditors’ remuneration: 

- Fees payable for audit services 
- Fees payable for audit related services pursuant to legislation 
- Fees payable for non-audit services 
Employee costs (see note 9) 
Directors’ fees 
Fund management fees 
Renewal and other commission  
Professional and other fees  
Litigation fees and settlements 
Credit loss allowance 
Licences and maintenance fees 
Insurance costs 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Communications 

9 Employee Costs 

2023 
£m 

0.7 
0.1 
- 
10.3 
0.4 
5.3 
0.9 
4.2 
1.5 
0.1 
2.4 
0.9 
1.1 
0.2 

2022 
£m

0.4
0.1
-
10.9
0.4
5.7
0.7
3.5
1.1
1.4
2.4
0.9
0.8
0.2

The  Group  provides  a  range  of  benefits  to  employees,  including  annual  bonus  arrangements,  paid  holiday  arrangements  and  defined 
contribution pension plans. 

Short term benefits, including holiday pay and other similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised as an expense in the period in which the 
service is received.

The Group pays fixed pension contributions on behalf of its employees (defined contribution plans). Once the contributions have been paid 
the Group has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as an expense when they are due. Amounts not paid are 
shown in accruals in the balance sheet. The assets of the plan are held separately from the Group in independently administered funds.

The Group operates an annual bonus plan for employees. An expense is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to make payments under the plan as a result of past events and a reliable estimate 
of the obligation can be made.

9.1 The aggregate remuneration in respect of employees (including sales staff and executive Directors) was as follows:

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Contributions to pension plans 

Total salary and other employee costs for the year are incorporated within the following classifications:

Administrative and other expenses 
Origination costs 

The above information includes Directors’ remuneration (excluding non-executive Directors’ fees).

9.2 The average number of employees during the year was as follows:

Administration 
Distribution and marketing 
IT development 

2023 
£m 

9.7 
0.8 
1.0 
11.5 

2023 
£m 

10.3 
1.2 
11.5 

2023 
No. 

119 
18 
50 
187 

2022 
£m

10.2
0.9
0.9
12.0

2022 
£m

10.9
1.1
12.0

2022 
No.

136
15
38
189

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

10 Taxation

Taxation is based on profits and income for the period as determined with reference to the relevant tax legislation in the countries in which 
the Company and its subsidiaries operate. Tax payable is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
balance sheet date. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in equity. Tax on items relating to equity is recognised in equity.

The corporation tax expense for the Group for 2023 was £0.2m (2022: £0.2m).  Corporation tax is charged on any profits arising at the 
following rates depending on location of the company or branch:

Isle of Man 

0% (2022: 0%)

Republic of Ireland   12.5% (2022: 12.5%)

Japan branch 

23.2% (2022: 23.2%)

Labuan 

24% (2022: 24%)

The Bahamas 

0% (2022: 0%)

Current year tax provisions 
Adjustment to prior year tax provisions 

2023 
£m 
0.2 
- 
0.2 

2022
£m
0.2
-
0.2

No deferred tax asset is currently being recorded in relation to losses arising in Hansard Europe.

There is no material difference between the current tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the current tax 
charge that would result from applying standard rates of tax to the profit before tax.

11 Earnings Per Share

Profit after tax (£m) 
Weighted average number of shares in issue (millions) 
Basic and diluted earnings per share in pence 

2023 

5.7 
137.6 
4.4 

2022

3.6
137.6
2.6

The Directors believe that there is no material difference between the weighted average number of shares in issue for the purposes of 
calculating either basic or diluted earnings per share. Earnings under either measure is 4.2p per share (2022: 2.6p).

12 Dividends

Interim dividends payable to shareholders are recognised in the year in which the dividends are paid. Final dividends payable are recognised 
as liabilities when approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

The following dividends have been paid by the Group during the year:

Final dividend in respect of previous financial year  
Interim dividend in respect of current financial year 

Per share 
2023 
p 

2.65 
1.80 
4.45 

Total 
2023 
£m 

3.5 
2.4 
5.9 

Per share 
2022 
p 

2.65 
1.80 
4.45 

Total
2022
£m

3.6
2.5
6.1

The Board has resolved to pay a final dividend of 2.65p per share on 16 November 2023, subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, 
based on shareholders on the register on 6 October 2023.

13 Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment

Intangible Assets

The historical cost of computer software is the purchase cost and the direct cost of internal development. Computer software is recognised 
as an intangible asset.

Intangible assets 

96

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

2023 
£m 
19.9 

2022
£m
13.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

Amortisation is calculated so as to amortise the cost of intangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the 
expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in administration and other expenses in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income.

The economic lives used for this purpose are:

Computer software 

3 to 15 years

The increase in computer software relates to capitalised costs associated with the development of a replacement policy administration 
system. The first segment of this development is expected to be put into use during FY2024, at which point amortisation will commence 
over its estimated expected life.

Computer Software 

Costs as at 1 July 
Capitalised additions  
Cost as at 30 June 

Accumulated amortisation at 1 July 
Charge for the year 
Accumulated amortisation as at 30 June 

Net Book Value 

2023 
£m 
14.1 
6.6 
20.7 

(0.7) 
(0.1) 
(0.8) 

19.9 

2022
£m
9.9
4.2
10.7

(0.7)
-
(0.7)

13.4

The cost of computer software includes £11.2m of externally generated costs (2022: £7.5m) and £8.7m of internally generated costs (2022: 
£6.6m). All amortisation currently relates to externally generated costs.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment includes both tangible fixed assets and ‘right of use assets’ recognised in accordance with IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.

Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 

2023 
£m 
0.4 
2.4 
2.8 

2022
£m
0.8
1.9
2.7

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation and any impairment. The historical cost of property, plant and 
equipment is the purchase cost, together with any incremental costs directly attributable to the acquisition. 

Depreciation is calculated so as to amortise the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the 
expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in administration and other expenses in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income.

The economic lives used for this purpose are:

Freehold property 
Computer equipment 
Fixtures and fittings 

Right of use assets are depreciated over the useful life of the lease.

Property plant and equipment 
Cost as at 1 July 
Additions 
Disposals 
Cost as at 30 June 

Accumulated depreciation as at 1 July 
Charge for the year   
Accumulated depreciation as at 30 June 
Net Book Value 

50 years
3 to 5 years
4 years

2022
£m
10.6
0.1
-
10.7

(9.9)
-
(9.9)
0.8

2023 
£m 
10.7 
- 
(0.4) 
10.3 

(9.9) 
- 
(9.9) 
0.4 

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

IFRS 16 – Leases

The right-of-use assets for property leases are measured at an amount equal to the lease liability adjusted by the amount of any prepaid 
or accrued lease payments recognised immediately before the date of initial application, being the commencement date. The liabilities are 
measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using an incremental borrowing rate. The weighted average 
incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 30 June 2023 was 7% (2022: 4%).

The Group leases various offices around the world to service its clients and operations. Rental contracts are typically made for periods of 
1 to 15 years, incorporating break clauses where applicable. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain differing terms 
and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants.

In determining the lease terms utilised in assessing the position under IFRS 16, management considers break clauses in leases, where 
appropriate. No potential future outflows exist on leases beyond the break clause (2022: £1.6m). During the year the Group made the 
decision to change their position on the likelihood of exercising the break clause for the leases at the Group’s head office. The previous 
position assumed that these break clauses would be exercised. The Group now believes that the terms of the leases have become more 
favorable in the current high inflation environment, as well as the amount spent on infrastructure at the property means it is likely that the 
leases will continue past their break clause.  As a result, the company has recognised additions of £0.9m in both the right-of-use asset and 
lease liability as at 30 June 2023.

Leases  (other  than  those  classified  as  short-term  leases  or  leases  of  low-value  assets)  are  recognised  as  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a 
corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between 
the liability and a finance cost. The finance cost is charged over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the 
lease term on a straight-line basis.

Short-term leases (those with a lease term or useful life of less than 12 months at inception) and leases of low value assets (comprising IT-
equipment and small items of office furniture) are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in administration and other expenses in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

The recognition of the right-of-use asset represents an increase in the property, plant and equipment figure of £2.4m (30 June 2022: £1.9m). 
Lease liabilities relating to the right-of-use asset are included within other payables.  The interest recognised on the lease liabilities in respect 
of the right of use asset was £0.1m (30 June 2022: £0.1m).

During the year ended 30 June 2021, the Group entered into a sub-lease for part of a building that is reported as a right-of-use asset. The 
group has classified the sub-lease as an operating lease, as it does not transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to the 
ownership of the sub-let asset. During the year ending 30 June 2023, the Group recognised rental income of less than £0.1m (2022: less 
than £0.1m).

Right of use asset recognised 1 July  
Additions during the period 
Depreciation 

Net book value of right of use asset as at 30 June 

Lease liability recognised 1 July 
Additions during the period 
Lease payments made during the period 

Interest on leases 

Lease liability recognised as at 30 June 

Of which are: 
 Current lease liabilities 
 Non-current lease liabilities 

14 Deferred Origination Costs

2023 
£m 
1.9 
0.9 
(0.4) 

2.4 

2023 
£m 
2.3 
0.9 
(0.4) 

0.1 

2.9 

0.2 
2.7 

2022 
£m
2.4
0.1
(0.6)

1.9

2022 
£m
2.7
0.1 
(0.5)

-

2.3

0.3
2.0

Amortisation of deferred origination costs is charged within the origination costs line in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Formal reviews to assess the recoverability of deferred origination costs on investment contracts are carried out at each balance sheet date 
to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If there is any indication of irrecoverability or impairment, the asset’s recoverable 
amount is estimated. Impairment losses are reversed through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income if there is a change in 
the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. Such losses are reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does 
not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortisation where applicable, if no impairment loss had been 

98

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

recognised.

The amount of deferred origination costs amortised each year is determined by the estimated lives of the Group’s products (note 2). Reducing 
the estimated life of the total portfolio by 1 year would increase the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.7m. Increasing the 
estimated life of the total portfolio by 1 year would reduce the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.3m. Offsetting movements 
would also arise in deferred income as outlined in note 18.

The movement in value over the financial year is summarised below.

At beginning of financial year 
Origination costs incurred and deferred during the year 
Origination costs amortised during the year 

Carrying value 

Expected to be amortised within one year 
Expected to be amortised after one year 

15 Other Receivables

2023 
£m 

122.5 
8.7 
(13.4) 

117.8 

2023 
£m 

11.9 
105.9 
117.8 

2022 
£m

125.1
11.3
(13.9)

122.5

2022 
£m

12.2
110.3
122.5

Other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment.

Commission receivable 
Other debtors 
Prepayments 

Estimated to be settled within 12 months 
Estimated to be settled after 12 months 

2023 
£m 

1.4 
2.2 
1.2 
4.8 
4.8 
- 
4.8 

2022 
£m

1.2
1.9
1.2
4.3
4.3
-
4.3

Due to the short-term nature of these assets the carrying value is considered to reflect fair value.

16 Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other short-term highly liquid investments with a 
minimal cost to be converted to cash, typically with original maturities of three months or less, net of short-term overdraft positions where a 
right of set-off exists. In the below table, Money market funds includes all immediately available cash, other than specific short-term deposits.

Money market funds 
Short-term deposits with credit institutions 

Cash and cash equivalents are recognised on receipt prior to investment to contract holder funds. 

2023 
£m 

46.8 
5.4 
52.2 

2022 
£m

54.2
4.7
58.9

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

17 Financial Liabilities Under Investment Contracts

17.1 Investment Contract Liabilities, Premiums and Benefits Paid

17.1.1 Investment Contract Liabilities
Investment contracts consist of unit-linked contracts written through subsidiary companies in the Group. Unit-linked liabilities are measured 
at fair value by reference to the underlying net asset value of the Group’s unitised investment funds, determined on a bid basis, at the balance 
sheet date. 

The decision by the Group to designate its unit-linked liabilities at fair value through profit or loss is to eliminate a measurement inconsistency 
that would otherwise arise from measuring the investments at FVTPL and the contract liabilities at amortised cost.  

17.1.2 Investment Contract Premiums
Investment contract premiums are not included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income but are reported as deposits to 
investment contracts and are included in financial liabilities in the balance sheet. On existing business, a liability is recognised at the point 
the premium falls due. The liability for premiums received on new business is deemed to commence at the acceptance of risk.

17.1.3 Benefits Paid
Withdrawals from policy contracts and other benefits paid are not included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income but 
are deducted from financial liabilities under investment contracts in the balance sheet. Benefits are deducted from financial liabilities and 
transferred to amounts due to investment contract holders based on notifications received, when the benefit falls due for payment or, on the 
earlier of the date when paid or when the contract ceases to be included within those liabilities.

17.2 Movement in Financial Liabilities Under Investment Contracts

The following table summarises the movement in liabilities under investment contracts during the year:

Deposits to investment contracts 
Withdrawals from contracts and charges 
Change in provisions for investment contract liabilities  

Movement in year 
At beginning of year 

Contractually expected to be settled within 12 months 
Contractually expected to be settled after 12 months 

2023 
£m 
116.3 
(147.7) 
40.6 

9.2 
1,092.3 

1,101.5 

2023 
£m 
43.4 
1,058.1 

1,101.5 

2022 
£m
130.0
(158.4)
(103.5)

(131.9)
1,224.2

1,092.3

2022
£m
32.3
1,060.0

1,092.3

The change in provisions for investment contract liabilities includes dividend and interest income and net realised and unrealised gains and 
losses on financial investments held to cover financial liabilities. Dividend income, interest income and gains and losses are accounted for 
in accordance with note 6.

17.3 Investments Held to Cover Liabilities Under Investment Contracts

The Group classifies its financial assets into the following categories: financial investments and trade receivables. Financial investments 
consist of units in collective investment schemes, equity securities, fixed income securities and deposits with credit institutions. Collective 
investment schemes, equity securities and fixed income securities are designated at fair value through profit or loss. Deposits with credit 
institutions are designated at amortised cost.

The decision by the Group to designate its financial investments at fair value through profit or loss reflects the fact that the investment 
portfolio is managed, and its performance evaluated, on a fair value basis.

The Group recognises purchases and sales of investments on trade date. Investment transaction costs are written off in administration 
expenses as incurred.

All gains and losses derived from financial investments, realised or unrealised, are recognised within investment income in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss that are traded in active markets (such as trading securities) is based on quoted 
market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. Investments 
in funds are valued at the latest available net asset valuation provided by the administrators or managers of the funds and companies, unless 
the Directors are aware of good reasons why such valuations would not be the most appropriate or indicative of fair value. Where necessary, 
the Group uses other valuation methods to arrive at the stated fair value of its financial assets, such as recent arms’ length transactions or 
reference to similar listed investments. 

100

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

Loans  and  receivables  are  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not  quoted  on  an  active  market.  Loans  and 
receivables consist, primarily, of contract fees receivable, long-term cash deposits (i.e. with an original maturity duration in excess of three 
months) and cash and cash equivalents. 

The following investments, other assets and liabilities are held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts. They are included 
within the relevant headings on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Equity securities 
Investments in collective investment schemes 
Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes 
Deposits and money market funds 
Total assets 
Other payables 
Financial investments held to cover financial liabilities 

2023 
£m 
52.0 
915.4 
58.7 
77.4 
1,103.5 
(2.0) 
1,101.5 

2022 
£m
55.7
903.4
50.6
84.4
1,094.1
(1.8)
1,092.3

The other receivables and other payables fair value approximates amortised cost.

17.4 Amounts Due to Investment Contract Holders

Where financial liabilities under investment contracts mature or are redeemed by contact holders, such amounts payable are recorded as 
amounts due to investment contract holders.

18 Deferred Income 

Fees charged for services related to the management of investment contracts are recognised as revenue as the services are provided. 
Initial fees which exceed the level of recurring fees and relate to the future provision of services are deferred. These are amortised over 
the anticipated period in which services will be provided. The recognition of balances in the deferred income reserve is based on actuarial 
assumptions regarding the estimated life of each policy. These actuarial assumptions are complex in nature and are subject to estimation 
uncertainty (note 2). The actuarial assumptions are reviewed regularly by the Appointed Actuary.

The amount of deferred income amortised each year is determined by the estimated lives of the Group’s products. Reducing the estimated 
life of the total portfolio by 1 year would increase the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £2.2m. Increasing the estimated life 
of the total portfolio by 1 year would reduce the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.7m. Offsetting movements would also 
arise in deferred income as outlined in note 14. 

The movement in value of deferred income over the financial year is summarised below.

At beginning of financial year 
Income received and deferred during the year 
Income amortised and recognised in contract fees during the year  

Carrying value 
Expected to be amortised within one year 
Expected to be amortised after one year 

19 Other Payables

2023 
£m 
145.1 
16.5 
(16.8) 
144.8 

2023 
£m 
15.1 
129.7 

144.8 

2022 
£m
142.5
19.2
(16.6)
145.1

2022
£m
14.8
130.3

145.1

Other payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. They are recognised at the point where 
service is received but payment is due after the balance sheet date. 

Commission payable 
Other creditors and accruals 
Lease liabilities of which:

Current lease liabilities 
Non-current lease liabilities 

2023 
£m 

1.4 
9.5 

0.2 
2.7 
13.8 

2022 
£m

2.0
9.8

0.3
2.0
14.1

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

20 Provisions

Provisions represent amounts to settle a number of the claims referred to in Note 26 ‘Contingent Liabilities’ where it is economically beneficial 
to do so. Such provisions are calculated where there is an established pattern of settlement for that grouping of claims. The following table 
reflects the movement in the provision during the period under review

Settlement provision as at 1 July 
Additional provisions made in the period 
Released from the provision for settlement 
Settlement provision as at 30 June 

2023 
£m 
0.2 
- 
(0.1) 
0.1 

2022
£m
0.4
-
(0.2)
0.2

Further information outlined within IAS 37.85 is not disclosed on the basis that it may prejudice the Company’s position.  

With the exception of the lease liabilities shown in note 13, and the provisions referred to above, all other payable balances, including 
amounts due to contract holders, are deemed to be current. Due to the short-term nature of these payables the carrying value is considered 
to reflect fair value.

21 Capital Management

It is the Group’s policy to maintain a strong capital base in order to:

•  satisfy the requirements of its contract holders, creditors and regulators; 

•  maintain financial strength to support new business growth and create shareholder value;

•  match the profile of its assets and liabilities, taking account of the risks inherent in the business and;

•  generate operating cash flows to meet dividend requirements.

Within the Group each subsidiary company manages its own capital. Capital generated in excess of planned requirements is returned to 
the Company by way of dividends. Group capital requirements are monitored by the Board. 

The Company monitors capital on two bases:

• 

• 

the total shareholder’s equity, as per the balance sheet; and

the capital requirement of the relevant supervisory bodies, where subsidiaries are regulated.

The Group’s policy is for each company to hold the higher of: 

• 

• 

the Company’s internal assessment of the capital required; or

the capital requirement of the relevant supervisory body, where applicable.

There has been no material change in the Group’s management of capital during the period. The Group continued to perform additional 
modelling  around  risks  arising  from  the  ongoing  Russia/Ukraine  conflict  and  global  economic  conditions,  and  to  give  consideration 
to  emerging  market  practice  and  regulatory  expectations  around  capital  conservation.    All  regulated  entities  within  the  Group  exceed 
significantly the minimum solvency requirements at the balance sheet date.  

The Group’s lead regulator, the Isle of Man FSA, monitors capital requirements for the Group as a whole. The insurance subsidiaries are 
directly supervised by their local regulators. The lead regulator’s approach to the measurement of capital adequacy is primarily based on 
monitoring the relationship of the Solvency Capital Requirement (‘SCR’) to regulatory capital. All regulated entities within the Group exceed 
the minimum solvency requirements at the balance sheet date.  The capital held within Hansard Europe is considered not to be available for 
dividend to Hansard Global plc until such time as the legal cases referred to in note 26 are substantially resolved.

22 Share Capital

Authorised:

200,000,000 ordinary shares of 50p 

Issued and fully paid:

2023 
£m 

2022 
£m

100.0 

100.0

137,557,079 (2022: 137,557,079) ordinary shares of 50p 

68.8 

68.8

No shares (2022: nil) were issued or bought back in the year. 

102

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

S
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

23 Other Reserves

Other reserves comprise the merger reserve arising on the acquisition by the Company of its subsidiary companies on 1 July 2005, the share 
premium account and the share save reserve. The merger reserve represents the difference between the par value of shares issued by the 
Company for the acquisition of those companies, compared to the par value of the share capital and the share premium of those companies 
at the date of acquisition.

Merger reserve 
Share premium 
Share save reserve 
Reserve for own shares held within EBT 

2023 
£m 

(48.5) 
0.1 
0.1 
(0.2) 

(48.5) 

2022 
£m

(48.5)
0.1
0.1
-

(48.3)

Included within other reserves is an amount representing 557,000 (2022: 12,000) ordinary shares held by the Group’s employee benefit trust 
(‘EBT’) which were acquired at a cost of £0.2m (see note 24). The ordinary shares held by the trustee of the Group’s employee benefit trust 
are treated as treasury shares in the consolidated balance sheet in accordance with IAS 32 ‘’Financial Instruments: Presentation’’.

This reserve arose when the Group acquired equity share capital under its EBT, which is held in trust by the trustee of the EBT. Treasury 
shares cease to be accounted for as such when they are sold outside the Group, or the interest is transferred in full to the employee pursuant 
to the terms of the incentive plan.

24 Equity Settled Share-Based Payments

The Company has established a number of equity-based payment programmes for eligible employees. The fair value of expected equity-
settled share-based payments under these programmes is calculated at date of grant using a standard option-pricing model and is amortised 
over the vesting period on a straight-line basis through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A corresponding amount is 
credited to equity over the same period.

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews its estimate of the number of options expected to be exercised. The impact of any revision 
in the number of such options is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income so that the charge to the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income is based on the number of options that vest. A corresponding adjustment is made to equity.

The estimated fair value of the schemes and the imputed cost for the period under review is not material to these financial statements.

24.1 SAYE Programme

This is a standard scheme approved by the Revenue authorities in the Isle of Man that is available to all employees where individuals may 
make monthly contributions over three or five years to purchase shares at a price not less than 80% of the market price at the date of the 
invitation to participate.

At the date of this report, the following options remain outstanding under each tranche:

Scheme year 

2017 

2018 

2023 
No. of options 

2022 
No. of options

- 

29,031 

29,031 

20,717

58,062

78,779

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023

103

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

A summary of the transactions in the existing SAYE programmes during the year is as follows:

2023 

2022

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (p) 

65 

- 

- 

66 

62 

Weighted
average
exercise
price (p)

63

-

-

62

65

No. of 
options 

290,996 

- 

- 

(212,217) 

78,779 

No. of 
options 

78,779 

- 

- 

(49,748) 

29,031 

Outstanding at the start of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at end of year* 

*None of these options are exercisable as at 30 June 2023.

There were no new options granted during the current financial year.

24.2 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust was established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as an incentive on a deferred basis. Shares awarded 
under the scheme are purchased by the Trust in the open market and held until vesting. Awards made under the scheme would normally vest after three 
years.

Share Awards 
Outstanding at start of period  
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at the end of period 

2023 
No. of Shares 
- 
631,446 
(29,762) 
- 
601,684 

2022 
No. of Shares
-
-
-
-
-

The  Trust  was  funded  with  a  loan  of  £446,000  during  2018  and  as  at  30  June  2023  the  Trust  held  557,000  shares  (2022:  12,000).  During 
the  year  the  Trust  was  funded  with  a  further  loan  of  £187,000.  As  at  30  June  2023,  the  outstanding  balance  on  the  loan  was  £199,000 
(30 June 2022: £12,000). 

Shares held by the Trust 
Outstanding at start of period  
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at end of period 

2023 
No. of Shares 
12,000 
545,000 
- 
- 
557,000 

2022 
No. of Shares
12,000
-
-
-
12,000

During the period the expense arising from share-based payment transactions was £0.05m (2022: £nil). 

25 Related Party Transactions

25.1 Intra-Group Transactions

Various subsidiary companies within the Group perform services for other Group companies in the normal course of business.  The financial results of 
these activities are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

25.2 Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management consists of 20 individuals (2022: 21), being members of the Group’s Executive Committee, executive Directors of direct subsidiaries of 
the Company and the non-executive Directors of both the Group and subsidiary companies.

The aggregate remuneration paid to key management during the year-ended 30 June was as follows:

Short-term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Total 

There were no outstanding amounts as at 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).
The total value of investment contracts issued by the Group and held by key management is nil (2022: nil).

104

2023 
£m 

2.5 

0.2 

2.7 

2022 
£m

2.3

0.3

2.6

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.3 Transactions of Controlling Shareholder

Dr L S Polonsky is regarded as the controlling shareholder of the Group, as defined by the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority. 
In the year ending 30 June 2023 there were no transactions with Dr Polonsky (2022: nil). 

25.4 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust was established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as an incentive on a deferred basis. The 
Trust was funded with a loan of £446,000 during 2018, and a further loan of £187,000 was made during the year. As at 30 June 2023 the 
Trust held 557,000 shares (2022: 12,000).  No awards vested in the year ended 30 June 2023. 

26 Contingent Liabilities

26.1 Litigation

The Group does not and has never given any investment advice. Investment decisions are taken either by the contract holder directly or 
through a professional intermediary appointed by the contract holder. Contract holders bear the financial risk relating to the investments 
underpinning their contracts, as the policy benefits are linked to the value of the assets. Notwithstanding the above, financial services 
institutions are frequently drawn into disputes in cases where the value and performance of assets selected by or on behalf of contract 
holders fails to meet their expectations.  At the balance sheet date a number of fund structures remain affected by liquidity or other issues 
that hinder their sales or redemptions on normal terms with a consequent adverse impact on policy transactions.

As reported previously, the Group has been subject to a number of complaints in relation to the selection and performance of assets linked 
to contracts.  The Group has been served with a number of writs arising from such complaints and other asset-related issues. All such writs 
relate to historic business written prior to the closure to new business of Hansard Europe in 2013.

As at 30 June 2023, the Group had been served with cumulative writs with a net exposure totalling €26.1m, or £22.4m in sterling terms (30 
June 2022: €24.6m / £21.2m) arising from contract holder complaints and other asset performance-related issues. The primary reason for 
the increase in contingent liabilities relates to a case which was previously defended successfully, being subject to a new claim.

During the year, the Group successfully defended 15 cases with net exposures of approximately £1.9m, 14 of which may be appealed by 
the plaintiffs (2022: successfully defended 24 cases with net exposures of £3.2m). These successes continue to affirm confidence in the 
Group’s legal arguments. 

Our policy is to maintain contingent liabilities even where we win cases in the court of first instance if such cases have been subsequently 
appealed. This includes our largest single case in Belgium.

We have previously noted that we expect a number of our larger claims to ultimately be covered by our Group insurance cover. During 2023 
we recorded £0.1m in total recoveries during the year in relation to costs paid by the Group (2022: £0.5m). We expect such reimbursement 
to continue during the course of that litigation.  

We estimate insurance coverage against the £22.4m of contingent liabilities referred to above to be in the range of £3m to £10m. 

While  it  is  not  possible  to  forecast  or  determine  the  final  results  of  pending  or  threatened  legal  proceedings,  based  on  the  pleadings 
and advice received from the Group’s legal representatives, the Directors believe that the Group has strong defences to such claims. 
Notwithstanding this, there may be circumstances where in order to avoid the expense and distraction of protracted litigation the Board may 
consider it in the best interests of the Group and its shareholders to reach a commercial resolution with regard to certain of these claims. 
Such cases totalled less than £0.1m (2022: less than £0.1m) during the period.

A provision of £0.1m (2022: £0.2m) has been provided where based on past experience it is expected that future settlements may be 
reached. Where an established pattern of settlement is established for any grouping of claims, a provision for expected future settlements 
is made in line with IAS 37.  This is outlined in Note 20. 

It is not possible at this time to make any further estimates of liability. 

Between 30 June 2023 and the date of this report, there have been no material developments. 

26.2 Isle of Man Policyholders’ Compensation Scheme

The Group’s principal subsidiary, Hansard International is a member of the Isle of Man Policyholders’ Compensation Scheme governed by the 
Life Assurance (Compensation of Policyholders) Regulations 1991. The objective of the Scheme is to provide compensation for policyholders 
should an authorised insurer be unable to meet its liabilities to policyholders. In the event of a levy being charged by the Scheme members, 
Hansard International would be obliged to meet the liability arising at the time. The maximum levy payable in accordance with the regulations 
of the Scheme in respect of the insolvency of the insurer is 2% of long term business liabilities. Hansard International’s products include a 
clause in their terms and conditions permitting it to recover any monies paid out under the Scheme from contract holders.

105

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

27 Foreign Exchange Rates 

The Group’s functional currency is pounds sterling, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. 
The Group’s presentational currency is also pounds sterling.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into sterling using the applicable exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance 
sheet date, and the gains or losses on translation are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are held at historical cost are translated using exchange rates prevailing at the date of transaction; 
those held at fair value are translated using exchange rates ruling at the date on which the fair value was determined.

The closing exchange rates used by the Group for the conversion of significant consolidated balance sheet items to sterling were as follows:

US Dollar 
Japanese Yen 
Euro 

28 Events After the Reporting Period 

2023 

2022

1.27 
184 
1.17 

1.21
165
1.16

This report for the year ended 30 June 2023 was approved for issue on 27 September 2023. No material events have occurred between the 
reporting date and the issue date that require disclosure under IAS 10.

106

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
Hansard Global plc
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

At 1 July 2021 

Profit and total comprehensive income for the
year after taxation 

Transactions with owners 
Dividends paid 

At 30 June 2022 

At 1 July 2022 

Profit and total comprehensive income for the
year after taxation 

Transactions with owners
Dividends paid 

At 30 June 2023 

Share 
capital 
£m 

68.8 

- 

- 

68.8 

Share 
capital 
£m 

68.8 

- 

- 

68.8 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

0.2 

- 

- 

0.2 

13.8 

7.7 

(6.1) 

15.4 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

0.2 

- 

- 

0.2 

15.4 

6.2 

(5.9) 

15.7 

Total
£m

82.8

7.7

(6.1)

84.4

Total
£m

84.4

6.2

(5.9)

84.7

The notes on pages 110 to 114 form an integral part of these financial statements.

107

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Hansard Global plc
Parent Company Balance Sheet
as at 30 June 2023

Notes 

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

Assets

Fixed assets 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Investment in subsidiary companies 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Amounts due from subsidiary companies 

Other receivables 

Total assets 

Liabilities

Other payables 

Amounts due to subsidiary companies 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity

Called up share capital 

Share premium 

Retained earnings 

Share based payments reserve 

Total shareholders’ equity 

6 

7 

4 

5 

8 

19.9 

0.4 

72.5 

0.1 

1.4 

0.7 

95.0 

1.7 

8.6 

10.3 

84.7 

68.8 

0.1 

15.7 

0.1 

84.7 

13.3

0.8

72.5

0.1

1.7

0.4

88.8

2.1

2.3

4.4

84.4

68.8

0.1

15.4

0.1

84.4

The notes on pages 110 to 114 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The parent company financial statements on pages 107 to 114 were approved by the Board on 27 September 2023 and 
signed on its behalf by:

Graham Sheward 
Director 

Thomas Morfett 
Director

108

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hansard Global plc
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
for the Year Ended 30 June 2023

Cash flow from operating activities 

Profit before tax for the year 

Adjustments for: 

Dividends received 

Movement in share based payments reserve 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities 

Increase in amounts due to / from subsidiaries 

(Increase) in debtors 

(Decrease) / increase in creditors 

Cash flow generated from / (used in) operations 

Cash flows from investing activities

Dividends received 

Purchase of intangible assets 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Dividends paid 

Cash flows used in financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at year end 

The notes on pages 110 to 114 form an integral part of these financial statements.

2023 
£m 

2022
£m

6.2 

7.7

(11.5) 

- 

6.4 

(0.2) 

(0.4) 

0.5 

11.5 

(6.1) 

5.4 

(5.9) 

(5.9) 

- 
0.1 

0.1 

(14.8)

-

1.2

-

0.8

(5.1)

14.8

(4.1)

10.7

(6.1)

(6.1)

(0.5) 
0.6

0.1

109

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

1. General Information

Hansard Global plc (“the Company”) is a limited liability company, and is incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of Man. The registered office 
of the company is 55 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM99 1QL. The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

The principal activity of the Company is to act as the holding company of the Hansard group of companies (“the Group”).

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange.

2. Significant Accounting Policies 

2.1 Basis of Preparation

The individual financial statements of the Company have been prepared on a going concern basis in compliance with United Kingdom 
Standards including Financial Reporting Standard 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic 
of Ireland’ (“FRS 102”) and the Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.  They are prepared under the historical cost convention. In 
accordance with the provisions of the Isle of Man Companies Act 1982 the Company has not presented its own profit and loss account. The 
Company’s profit for the year ended 30 June 2023, including dividends received from subsidiaries, was £6.2m (2022: £7.7m).

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  It also requires 
management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the accounting policies.  The areas involving a higher degree of judgement 
or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in note 3.

2.2 Investment Income
Investment income includes interest and dividends. Interest is accounted for on an accruals basis. Dividends are accrued on an ex-dividend 
basis.

2.3 Dividends Payable
Dividends payable to shareholders are recognised in the year in which the dividends are approved. These amounts are recognised in the 
statement of changes in equity.

2.4 Revenue Recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents the amount receivable for services rendered, 
net of returns, discounts and rebates allowed by the Company and value added taxes.

Where the consideration receivable in cash or cash equivalents is deferred, and the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, the fair 
value of the consideration is measured as the present value of all future receipts using the imputed rate of interest. 

The Company recognises revenue when the services are rendered, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, and it is probable that 
future economic benefits will flow to the Company.

2.5 Employee Benefits
The Company provides a range of competitive benefits to employees in line with local legislation for the jurisdiction in which they are based. 
Our Head Office proposition includes private health insurance with the option to include family members, permanent health insurance, death 
in service scheme, annual bonus arrangements, and non-contributory pension plans which can be further enhanced via salary sacrifice 
arrangements. 

Short term benefits, including holiday pay and other similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised as an expense in the period in which the 
service is received.

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Once the contributions 
have been paid the Company has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as an expense when they are due. 
Amounts not paid are shown in accruals in the balance sheet. The assets of the plan are held separately from the Company in independently 
administered funds.

The Company operates an annual bonus plan for employees. An expense is recognised in the profit and loss account when the Company 
has a legal or constructive obligation to make payments under the plan as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation 
can be made.

110

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
continued

2.6 Investments in Subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiary companies are held at cost, adjusted for any impairment.

2.7 Foreign Currencies
The Company’s presentational and functional currency is pounds sterling, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the Company operates.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into sterling using the approximate exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance 
sheet date and the gains or losses on translation are recognised in the profit and loss account.

2.8 Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historic purchase cost less accumulated depreciation. 

The cost of property, plant and equipment is their purchase cost, together with any incidental costs of acquisition.  Depreciation is calculated 
so as to write off the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight line basis over the expected useful economic 
lives of the assets concerned.  The principal rates used for this purpose are: 

 Freehold property 

Computer equipment 

Fixtures and fittings  

50 years

3 years

4 years

2.9 Intangible Assets
Intangible fixed assets are stated at historic purchase cost less accumulated amortisation. The cost of intangible assets is their purchase 
cost, together with any incidental costs of acquisition.  Amortisation is calculated so as to write off the cost of intangible assets, less their 
estimated residual values, on a straight line basis over the expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned. At present the intangible 
asset balance represents work in progress in relation to a new suite of IT systems which have not yet begun their useful economic life.

2.10 Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other short-term highly liquid investments with a 
minimal cost to be converted to cash, typically with original maturities of three months or less, net of short-term overdraft positions where 
a right of set-off exists. 

2.11 Financial Instruments
The Company has chosen to adopt Sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of financial instruments.

(i) Financial Assets

Basic financial assets, including trade and other receivables, (i.e., debtors and amounts due from group undertakings) and cash at bank, 
are initially recognised at transaction price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the transaction is measured 
at the present value of the future receipts discounted at a market rate of interest. Such assets are subsequently carried at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

At the end of each reporting period financial assets measured at amortised cost are assessed for objective evidence of impairment. If an 
asset is impaired the impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated cash flows 
discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

If there is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an event occurring after the impairment was recognised the impairment is reversed. 
The reversal is such that the current carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying amount would have been had the impairment not 
previously been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial assets are derecognised when (a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or are settled, or (b) substantially 
all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset are transferred to another party or (c) control of the asset has been transferred to another 
party who has the practical ability to unilaterally sell the asset to an unrelated third party without imposing additional restrictions.

111

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
continued

(ii) Financial Liabilities

Basic financial liabilities, including accruals and other creditors, and amounts due to group undertakings, are initially recognised at transaction 
price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the debt instrument is measured at the present value of the future 
receipts discounted at a market rate of interest.

Other creditors are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. 
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. 
Trade payables are recognised initially at transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the liability is extinguished, that is when the contractual obligation is discharged, cancelled or 
expires.

2.12 Operating Lease Assets
Leases that do not transfer all of the risks of ownership are classified as operating leases. Payments under operating leases are charged to 
the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

2.13 Share Capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

2.14 Related Parties
The Company discloses transactions with related parties which are not wholly owned by the same group. It does not disclose transactions 
with members of the same group that are wholly owned.

3. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying Accounting Polices

Estimates, assumptions and judgements are used in the application of accounting policies in these financial statements. Critical accounting 
estimates are those which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or assessments. Estimates, assumptions and judgements are 
evaluated continually and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from assumptions and estimates made by management.

There are no areas in which the Company applies significant accounting estimates or assumptions.

4. Investments in Subsidiary Companies

The following schedule reflects the Company’s subsidiary companies at the balance sheet date and at the date of this report. All companies 
are wholly owned and incorporated in the Isle of Man, except where indicated.

Subsidiary Company 
Hansard International Limited 
Hansard Worldwide Limited (incorporated in The Bahamas)
Hansard Europe Designated Activity Company (incorporated in the Republic of Ireland)
Hansard Development Services Limited
Hansard Administration Services Limited

The  holding  value  of  the  Company’s  investment  in  its  subsidiaries  is  assessed  annually  for  evidence  of  impairment.  This  assessment 
considers, among other factors, the cost versus carrying value of the investment, future dividend flows, going concern and the Value of In-
Force of the Company’s subsidiaries in order to confirm there are no indicators of impairment identified. 

5. Amounts Due from Subsidiary Companies 

The Company and various subsidiary companies within the Group perform services for other Group companies in the normal course of 
business.  All balances are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

112

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
continued

6. Intangible Assets

The intangible asset represents work in progress in relation to a new suite of IT systems. 

Cost as at 1 July 

Additions 

Cost as at 30 June 

2023 
£m 

13.3 

6.6 

19.9 

2022 
£m

9.1

4.2

13.3

No amortisation will be applicable until the system is complete and has begun its useful life.

The  cost  of  computer  software  includes  £11.2m  of  externally  generated  costs  (2022:  £6.7m)  and  £8.7m  of  internally  generated  costs 
(2022: £6.6m).

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

During the year the Company disposed of a freehold property with a net book value of £0.3m. Depreciation is included in the profit and loss 
account and calculated in line with the accounting policy published above.

8. Share Capital

Authorised:

200,000,000 ordinary shares of 50p 

Issued and fully paid:

2023 
£m 

2022 
£m

100.0 

100.0

137,557,079 (2022: 137,557,079) ordinary shares of 50p 

68.8 

68.8

During the year no shares were issued or bought back (2022: nil). 

The Company has previously received clearance from the London Stock Exchange to list a maximum of 1,200,000 shares necessary to meet 
its obligations to employees under the terms of the employee share save (SAYE) scheme. As at 30 June 2023 924,123 shares remained 
available for listing (2022: 924,123).

9. Related Party Transactions

The company has wholly owned subsidiaries as referred to in Note 4.  Dr L S Polonsky is regarded as the controlling shareholder of the 
Group, as defined by the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.

During the year fees totalling £0.3m (2022: £0.3m) were paid to non-Executive Directors.

The aggregate remuneration paid to key management of the Company for the year ended 30 June was as follows:

Salaries, wages and bonuses 

2023 
£m 

1.1 

2022 
£m

1.2

113

FINANCIALSHansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
continued

10. Equity Settled Share-based Payments

10.1 SAYE Programme

Shareholders have approved a Save as You Earn (“SAYE”) share save program for employees. The scheme is a standard SAYE plan, 
approved by the Revenue Authorities in the Isle of Man and is available to eligible employees. Under the terms of the scheme, individuals 
can invest up to £500 per month for a three or five-year period to purchase shares at a price not less than 80% of the market price on 
the date of the invitation to participate.

The scheme is typically operated annually, with the option price and awards criteria normally being established in February. No scheme 
was issued during the years ended 30 June 2023, 30 June 2022 and 2021. The estimated fair value of the schemes and the imputed 
cost for the period under review is not material to these financial statements.

At the balance sheet date, all remaining options relate to Isle of Man based employees. Details are available in note 24 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

10.2 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust was established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as an incentive on a deferred basis. 

Shares awarded under the scheme are purchased by the Trust in the open market and held until vesting. Awards made under the 
scheme would normally vest after three years.

The Trust was funded with a loan of £446,000 during 2018. During the year, 545,000 shares were purchased and transferred into the 
EBT, and as at 30 June 2023 the Trust held 557,000 shares (2022: 12,000). Share awards totalling 526,785 were made during the year 
(2022: nil). No shares vested in the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: none). 

11. Events After the Reporting Period 

This report for the year ended 30 June 2023 was approved for issue on 28 September 2023. No material events have occurred between 
the reporting date and the issue date that require disclosure under IAS 10.

114

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Other Information

Risk Based Solvency Capital

A) Risk Based Solvency Capital Position

The Group is subject to the Isle of Man Insurance (Group Supervision) Regulations 2019. 

It has adopted the default consolidated accounts method (“Method 1”) to calculate the Group Solvency Capital Requirement (“SCR”) and 
Own Funds as required by these regulations. The solvency position at 30 June 2023 has been reported below on this basis. 

The Group shareholder Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30 June 2023 was £44.6m (30 June 2022: £50.7m;), before allowing for payment of 
the 2023 final ordinary dividend. 

All Risk Based Solvency and related data presented in this section is subject to change prior to submission to regulatory authorities.

Group Risk Based Solvency 
capital position 

Own Funds 
Solvency Capital Requirement 
Free assets 
Solvency ratio (%) 

All Own Funds are considered Tier 1 capital.

The following compares Own Funds as at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022:

Value of In-Force 
Risk Margin 
Net Worth 

Total 

30 June 
2023 
Total 
£m 

124.9 
80.3 
44.6 
156% 

30 June
2022 
Total
£m

129.1
78.4
50.7
165%

30 June 
2023 
Own Funds 
£m 

30 June
2022
Own Funds
£m

124.4 
(24.9) 
25.4 

124.9 

128.5
(26.7)
27.3

129.1

B) Analysis of Movement in Group Solvency Surplus

A summary of the movement in Group Solvency surplus from £50.7m at 30 June 2022 to £44.6m at 30 June 2023 is set out in the table below.

Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30 June 2022 

Operating experience  
Investment performance 
Changes in assumptions 
Impact of dividends paid 
Foreign exchange 

Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30 June 2023 

£m

50.7

(7.4)
4.6
5.3 
(5.4)
(3.2)

44.6

The movement in Group Risk Based Solvency surplus the 2023 financial year was the result of dividends paid operating experience, and 
negative exchange rate movements, offset by changes in assumptions, and positive investment market performance.

New business written had a negative £4.1m impact on solvency surplus for the period.

I
I

N
N
O
O
T
T
A
A
M
M
R
R
O
O
F
F
N
N

I
I

115

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Other Information

C) Analysis of Group Solvency Capital Requirement

The analysis of the Group’s Solvency Capital Requirement (“SCR”) by risk type is as follows:

Split of the Groups Solvency Capital Requirement* 

Risks 

Market
  Equity 
  Currency 
Insurance
  Lapse 
  Expense 
Default 
Operational 

30 June 
2023 
% of SCR 

30 June 
2022
% of SCR

44% 
14% 

50% 
17% 
2% 
18% 

43%
11%

50%
20%
1%
19%

* Figures are the capital requirements prior to diversification benefits expressed as a percentage of the final diversified SCR.

D) Reconciliation of IFRS Equity to Group Risk Based Solvency Shareholder Own Funds

IFRS shareholders’ equity 

Elimination of DOC  
Elimination of DIR 
Value of In-Force 
Liability valuation differences* 
Impact of risk margin  
Other** 
Risk Based Solvency Shareholder Own Funds 

30 June 
2023 
£m 

30 June 
2022
£m

21.8 

(117.8) 
144.8 
124.4 
(3.5) 
(24.9) 
(19.9) 
124.9 

22.2

(122.5)
145.1
128.5
(4.1)
(26.7)
(13.4)
129.1

* Liability valuation differences relate to additional provisions made for risk-based capital purposes, notably for contingent liabilities. 
** Other is related to Intangible Assets not recognised on the solvency balance sheet. 

E) Sensitivty Analysis
The sensitivity of the Own Funds of the Group and of the Group’s life insurance subsidiaries to significant changes in market conditions is 
as follows:

30 June 
2023 
Group 
£m 

124.9 

(8.6) 
(0.8) 
(7.4) 
(5.3) 
(11.5) 

30 June 
2022

Group
£m

129.1 

(8.0)
(1.2)
(8.4)
(6.0)
(12.0)

Own Funds  
Impact of: 
 10% instantaneous fall in equity markets 
 100 basis points decrease in interest rates 
 10% increase in expenses 
 1% increase in expense inflation 
 10% strengthening of sterling 

116

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary

Annualised Premium Equivalent (“APE”)

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)

An industry measure of insurance new business sales. It is 
calculated as the sum of regular premiums and 10% of single 
premiums written in the year.

Assets Under Administration (“AUA”)

A measure of the total assets that the Group administers on behalf 
of contract holders, who have selected an external third party 
investment manager.

EPS is a commonly used financial metric which can be used to 
measure the profitability and strength of a company over time. 
EPS is calculated by dividing profit by the number of ordinary 
shares. Basic EPS uses the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS adjusts the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, for 
example share awards and share options awarded to employees.

Compensation Credit (“CC”)

Economic Assumptions

The Group’s prime indicator of calculating new business 
production, weighted where appropriate. This indicates the relative 
value of each piece of new business and is used, therefore, in the 
calculation of commission payable.

Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”)

The UK Corporate Governance Code sets out guidance in the 
form of principles and provisions on how companies should be 
directed and controlled to follow good governance practice. The 
Financial Reporting Council requires companies listed in the UK 
to disclose how they have applied principles of the Code and 
whether they have complied with its provisions throughout the 
accounting year. Where the provisions have not been complied 
with, companies must provide an explanation for this.

Covered Business

The in-force business of the Group, including all contracts issued 
by the Group’s life insurance subsidiaries and subsidiaries 
providing administration, distribution and other services, as at the 
valuation date. It excludes the value of any future new business 
that the Group may write after the valuation date.

Deferred Origination Costs (“DOC”)

The method of accounting whereby origination costs of long-
term business are deferred in the balance sheet as an asset 
and amortised over the life of those contracts. This leads to a 
smoothed recognition of up front expenses instead of the full cost 
in the year of sale.

Deferred Income (“DIR”)

The method of accounting whereby front end fees that relate 
to services to be provided in future periods are deferred in the 
balance sheet as a liability and amortised over the life of those 
contracts. This leads to a smoothed recognition of up front income 
instead of the full income in the year of sale.

Discounting

The reduction to present value at a given date of a future cash 
transaction at an assumed rate, using a discount factor reflecting 
the time value of money. 

Assumptions in relation to future interest rates, investment returns, 
inflation and tax. 

Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Programme. 

The Framework of governance, risk management and internal 
control arrangements implemented by the Group to promote 
identification, monitoring and management of existing and 
emerging risks.

Group

Hansard Global plc and its subsidiaries. 

Growth Investment Spend

Costs we incur investing in the future of our business, including 
technology to support our growth.

Independent Financial Advisors (“IFAs”)

A person or organisation authorised to give advice on financial 
matters and to sell the products of financial service providers. 
Outside the UK IFAs may be referred to by other names.

In-force

Long-term business which has been written before the period end 
and which has not terminated before the period end.

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

International Financial Reporting Standards are accounting 
standards issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (“IASB”). The Group’s consolidated financial statements 
are required to be prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted 
by the United Kingdom to allow comparable reporting between 
companies.

IFRS Equity Per Share

Total IFRS equity divided by the diluted number of issued shares 
at the end of the period.

I
I

N
N
O
O
T
T
A
A
M
M
R
R
O
O
F
F
N
N

I
I

117

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
Key Performance Indicators (“KPI”)

Present Value of New Business Premiums (“PVNBP”)

This is one of a number of measures by reference to which the 
development, performance or position of the business can be 
measured effectively.

Maintenance Expenses

Expenses related to the servicing of the in-force book of business 
(including investment and termination expenses and a share of 
overheads).

The industry measure of insurance new business sales under the 
European Embedded Value methodology. It is calculated as 100% 
of single premiums plus the expected present value of new regular 
premiums.

Regular Premium

A regular premium contract (as opposed to a single premium 
contract), is one where the contract holder agrees at inception to 
make regular payments throughout the term of the contract.

Net Worth

The market value of the shareholders’ funds, determined on an 
IFRS basis, adjusted to exclude certain assets such as the deferred 
origination costs and liabilities such as deferred income and to 
add back any non-admissible assets. This has been adjusted for 
statutory reserves on the “Own Funds” basis.

Risk Based Solvency

Solvency calculated according to the Isle of Man Insurance 
(Long-term business Valuation and Solvency) Regulations 2018. A 
solvency regime designed to be capable of a positive Solvency II 
equivalence assessment.

New Business Contribution (“NBC”)

Risk Discount Rate

The expected present value of all future cash flows attributable to 
shareholders from new business. NBC is calculated after the effect 
of any frictional costs. Unless otherwise stated, it is also quoted 
net of tax. It is calculated at point of sale. NBC is shown after 
allowing for the cost of required capital, calculated on the same 
basis as in-force business.

New Business Margin (“NBM”)

NBC expressed as a percentage of PVNBP. This measures whether 
new business written is adding value or eroding value. It is a 
measure of profitability (not profit), comparing the expected profit 
(or losses) with the value of expected premiums.

New Business Strain (“NBS”)

Costs involved in acquiring new business (such as commission 
payments to intermediaries, expenses and reserves) affecting the 
insurance company’s financial position at that point and where all 
of the income from that new business (including premiums and 
investment income) has not yet been received and will not be 
received until a point in the future. To begin with, therefore, a strain 
may be created where cash outflows exceed inflows.

The present value of a future cash amount depends on its currency 
and the time until it will become available. The present value 
is determined using a discount rate that reflects currency and 
timing. Discount rates are set based on swap rates for the relevant 
currency determined at year-long intervals for amounts in GBP, 
EUR, USD and JPY up to year 30, and the year 30 rate thereafter. 
This covers over 95% of the future expected cash amounts by 
funds under management: other currencies are assumed to be 
subject to the GBP rate. Year 1 rates are used to unwind the 
existing business and are shown separately in the disclosures.

Single Premium

A single premium contract (as opposed to a regular premium 
contract (see above)), involves the payment of one premium 
at inception with no obligation for the contract holder to make 
subsequent additional payments.

Solvency II

The EU-wide regulatory regime which aims to more closely align 
solvency capital to an insurer’s risk profile. It came into force on 1 
January 2016. 

Origination Costs

Unit-linked Policy

Expenses related to the procurement and processing of new 
business written including a share of overheads. Sometimes known 
as acquisition costs. 

A policy where the benefits are determined by reference to the 
investment performance of a specified pool of assets referred to as 
the unit-linked fund.

Own Funds

Value of In-Force (“VIF”)

Those funds as defined under Solvency II, comprising Basic Own 
Funds and Ancillary Own Funds. Basic Own Funds consist of 
the excess of assets over liabilities as valued in accordance with 
Solvency II rules. Ancillary Own Funds consist of items other than 
Basic Own Funds which can be called up to absorb losses such as 
unpaid share capital or letters of credit and guarantees. The Group 
does not have any such Ancillary Own Funds.

The present value of expected future shareholder profits less the 
present value cost of holding capital required to support the in-
force business.

118

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Financial Calendar

Financial Calendar for the financial year ending 30 June 2024

Annual General Meeting 

Payment date for final dividend 

Publication of half-yearly results 

Declaration of interim dividend 

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend 

Record date for interim dividend 

Payment of interim dividend 

Announcement of results for the year ended 30 June 2024 

Declaration of final dividend 

Ex-dividend date for final dividend 

Record date for final dividend 

Annual General Meeting 

Payment date for final dividend 

8 November 2023

16 November 2023

7 March 2024

7 March 2024

14 March 2024

15 March 2024

25 April 2024

26 September 2024

26 September 2024

3 October 2024

4 October 2024

6 November 2024

14 November 2024

I
I

N
N
O
O
T
T
A
A
M
M
R
R
O
O
F
F
N
N

I
I

119

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
Contacts and Advisors 

Registered Office

55 Athol Street

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM99 1QL

Tel: +44 (0)1624 688000

Fax: +44 (0)1624 688008

www.hansard.com

President

Dr Leonard S Polonsky, CBE

Leonard.Polonsky@hansard.com

Non-executive chair

Philip Kay

Philip.Kay@hansard.com 

Financial Advisor

Rothschild & Co.

New Court

St. Swithin’s Lane

London

EC4N 8AL

Tel: +44 (0)20 780 1966 

Independent Auditor

KPMG Audit LLC

Heritage Court

41 Athol Street

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM1 1LA

Tel: +44 (0)1624 681000

Media Enquiries

Camarco

107 Cheapside

London

EC2V 6DN

Tel: +44 (0)20 3757 4980

Broker

Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited

40 Gracechurch Street

London

EC3V 0BT

Tel. +44 (0)20 7886 2500 

Registrar

Link Market Services (Isle of Man) Limited

PO Box 227

Peveril Buildings

Peveril Square

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM99 1RZ

Tel (UK): 0871 664 0300*
Tel: +44 (0)20 8639 3399

UK Transfer Agent

Link Market Services Trustees Limited

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham

Kent

BR3 4TU

Tel (UK): 0871 664 0300*

Tel: +44 (0)20 8639 3399

*NB: 0871 Number – calls cost 12p per minute plus network extras. If you are outside the United Kingdom, please call +44 371 664 0300. 
Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. The helpline is open between 9.00 am – 5.30 pm, 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

120

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023 
 
I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

121

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2023Hansard Global plc

55 Athol Street

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM99 1QL

British Isles

Tel: +44 (0)1624 688000

hansard.com

hansard.com